You are viewing a plain text version of this content. The canonical link for it is here.
Posted to commits@qpid.apache.org by gm...@apache.org on 2018/08/12 14:44:11 UTC

[1/7] qpid-site git commit: Doc updates for Qpid Dispatch router 1.3.0 release

Repository: qpid-site
Updated Branches:
  refs/heads/asf-site 274e85450 -> f17c8263f


http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/index.html.in
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/index.html.in b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/index.html.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a310eab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/index.html.in
@@ -0,0 +1,7860 @@
+<h1>Using Qpid Dispatch</h1>
+<div id="toc" class="toc">
+<div id="toctitle">Table of Contents</div>
+<ul class="sectlevel1">
+<li><a href="#introduction">1. Introduction</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel2">
+<li><a href="#overview">1.1. Overview</a></li>
+<li><a href="#benefits">1.2. Benefits</a></li>
+<li><a href="#features">1.3. Features</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#theory_of_operation">2. Theory of Operation</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel2">
+<li><a href="#overview_2">2.1. Overview</a></li>
+<li><a href="#connections">2.2. Connections</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel3">
+<li><a href="#listener">2.2.1. Listener</a></li>
+<li><a href="#connector">2.2.2. Connector</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#addresses">2.3. Addresses</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel3">
+<li><a href="#mobile_addresses">2.3.1. Mobile Addresses</a></li>
+<li><a href="#link_route_addresses">2.3.2. Link Route Addresses</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#message_routing">2.4. Message Routing</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel3">
+<li><a href="#routing_patterns">2.4.1. Routing Patterns</a></li>
+<li><a href="#routing_mechanisms">2.4.2. Routing Mechanisms</a></li>
+<li><a href="#message_settlement">2.4.3. Message Settlement</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#security">2.5. Security</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#getting-started">3. Getting Started</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel2">
+<li><a href="#starting-the-router">3.1. Starting the Router</a></li>
+<li><a href="#routing_messages_in_a_peer_to_peer_configuration">3.2. Routing Messages in a Peer-to-Peer Configuration</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel3">
+<li><a href="#starting-the-receiver-client">3.2.1. Starting the Receiver Client</a></li>
+<li><a href="#sending-messages">3.2.2. Sending Messages</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#router-configuration">4. Configuration</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel2">
+<li><a href="#accessing_the_router_configuration_file">4.1. Accessing the Router Configuration File</a></li>
+<li><a href="#how_the_router_configuration_file_is_structured">4.2. How the Router Configuration File is Structured</a></li>
+<li><a href="#methods-for-using-pattern-matching">4.3. Methods for Using Pattern Matching and Wildcards</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel3">
+<li><a href="#router-address-pattern-matching">4.3.1. Pattern Matching for Addresses</a></li>
+<li><a href="#pattern-matching-vhost-policy-hostnames">4.3.2. Pattern Matching for Vhost Policy Hostnames</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#methods-for-changing-router-configuration">4.4. Changing a Router&#8217;s Configuration</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel3">
+<li><a href="#making-permanent-change-to-router-configuration">4.4.1. Making a Permanent Change to the Router&#8217;s Configuration</a></li>
+<li><a href="#changing-configuration-for-running-router">4.4.2. Changing the Configuration for a Running Router</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#default_configuration_settings">4.5. Default Configuration Settings</a></li>
+<li><a href="#setting_essential_configuration_properties">4.6. Setting Essential Configuration Properties</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#router-network-connections">5. Network Connections</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel2">
+<li><a href="#adding-incoming-connections">5.1. Listening for Incoming Connections</a></li>
+<li><a href="#adding-outgoing-connections">5.2. Adding Outgoing Connections</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#security-config">6. Security</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel2">
+<li><a href="#authenticating_remote_peers">6.1. Authenticating Remote Peers</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel3">
+<li><a href="#setting-up-ssl-for-encryption-and-authentication">6.1.1. Setting Up SSL/TLS for Encryption and Authentication</a></li>
+<li><a href="#setting-up-sasl-for-authentication-and-payload-encryption">6.1.2. Setting Up SASL for Authentication and Payload Encryption</a></li>
+<li><a href="#securing-incoming-connections">6.1.3. Securing Incoming Connections</a></li>
+<li><a href="#securing-outgoing-connections">6.1.4. Securing Outgoing Connections</a></li>
+<li><a href="#integrating-with-kerberos">6.1.5. Integrating with Kerberos</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#authorizing_access_to_messaging_resources">6.2. Authorizing Access to Messaging Resources</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel3">
+<li><a href="#how_dispatch_router_enforces_connection_and_resource_limits">6.2.1. How Dispatch Router Enforces Connection and Resource Limits</a></li>
+<li><a href="#setting_global_connection_limits">6.2.2. Setting Global Connection Limits</a></li>
+<li><a href="#setting_connection_and_resource_limits_for_messaging_endpoints">6.2.3. Setting Connection and Resource Limits for Messaging Endpoints</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#routing">7. Routing</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel2">
+<li><a href="#comparison_of_message_routing_and_link_routing">7.1. Comparison of Message Routing and Link Routing</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel3">
+<li><a href="#when_to_use_message_routing">7.1.1. When to Use Message Routing</a></li>
+<li><a href="#when_to_use_link_routing">7.1.2. When to Use Link Routing</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#configuring_message_routing">7.2. Configuring Message Routing</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel3">
+<li><a href="#addresses_2">7.2.1. Addresses</a></li>
+<li><a href="#routing-patterns-overview">7.2.2. Routing Patterns</a></li>
+<li><a href="#message_settlement_2">7.2.3. Message Settlement</a></li>
+<li><a href="#routing-messages-between-clients">7.2.4. Routing Messages Between Clients</a></li>
+<li><a href="#routing-messages-through-broker">7.2.5. Routing Messages Through a Broker Queue</a></li>
+<li><a href="#example_routing_messages_through_broker_queues">7.2.6. Example: Routing Messages Through Broker Queues</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#configuring_link_routing">7.3. Configuring Link Routing</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel3">
+<li><a href="#link_route_addresses_2">7.3.1. Link Route Addresses</a></li>
+<li><a href="#link_route_routing_patterns">7.3.2. Link Route Routing Patterns</a></li>
+<li><a href="#link_route_flow_control">7.3.3. Link Route Flow Control</a></li>
+<li><a href="#creating-link-route">7.3.4. Creating a Link Route</a></li>
+<li><a href="#example_using_a_link_route_to_provide_client_isolation">7.3.5. Example: Using a Link Route to Provide Client Isolation</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#logging">8. Logging</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel2">
+<li><a href="#logging-modules-you-can-configure">8.1. Logging Modules</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel3">
+<li><a href="#the_code_default_code_logging_module">8.1.1. The <code>DEFAULT</code> Logging Module</a></li>
+<li><a href="#the_code_router_code_logging_module">8.1.2. The <code>ROUTER</code> Logging Module</a></li>
+<li><a href="#the_code_router_core_code_logging_module">8.1.3. The <code>ROUTER_CORE</code> Logging Module</a></li>
+<li><a href="#the_code_router_hello_code_logging_module">8.1.4. The <code>ROUTER_HELLO</code> Logging Module</a></li>
+<li><a href="#the_code_router_ls_code_logging_module">8.1.5. The <code>ROUTER_LS</code> Logging Module</a></li>
+<li><a href="#the_code_router_ma_code_logging_module">8.1.6. The <code>ROUTER_MA</code> Logging Module</a></li>
+<li><a href="#the_code_message_code_logging_module">8.1.7. The <code>MESSAGE</code> Logging Module</a></li>
+<li><a href="#the_code_server_code_logging_module">8.1.8. The <code>SERVER</code> Logging Module</a></li>
+<li><a href="#the_code_agent_code_logging_module">8.1.9. The <code>AGENT</code> Logging Module</a></li>
+<li><a href="#the_code_container_code_logging_module">8.1.10. The <code>CONTAINER</code> Logging Module</a></li>
+<li><a href="#the_code_error_code_logging_module">8.1.11. The <code>ERROR</code> Logging Module</a></li>
+<li><a href="#the_code_policy_code_logging_module">8.1.12. The <code>POLICY</code> Logging Module</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#configure-default-logging">8.2. Configuring Logging</a></li>
+<li><a href="#viewing_log_entries">8.3. Viewing Log Entries</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel3">
+<li><a href="#viewing_log_entries_on_the_console">8.3.1. Viewing Log Entries on the Console</a></li>
+<li><a href="#viewing_log_entries_on_the_cli">8.3.2. Viewing Log Entries on the CLI</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#management">9. Management</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel2">
+<li><a href="#using_apache_qpid_dispatch_router_console">9.1. Using Apache Qpid Dispatch Router Console</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel3">
+<li><a href="#console-overview">9.1.1. Console Overview</a></li>
+<li><a href="#console-installation">9.1.2. Console Installation</a></li>
+<li><a href="#console-operation">9.1.3. Console Operation</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#monitoring-using-qdstat">9.2. Monitoring Dispatch Router Using <code>qdstat</code></a>
+<ul class="sectlevel3">
+<li><a href="#syntax_for_using_code_qdstat_code">9.2.1. Syntax for Using <code>qdstat</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#viewing_general_statistics_for_a_router">9.2.2. Viewing General Statistics for a Router</a></li>
+<li><a href="#viewing_a_list_of_connections_to_a_router">9.2.3. Viewing a List of Connections to a Router</a></li>
+<li><a href="#viewing_amqp_links_attached_to_a_router">9.2.4. Viewing AMQP Links Attached to a Router</a></li>
+<li><a href="#viewing_known_routers_on_a_network">9.2.5. Viewing Known Routers on a Network</a></li>
+<li><a href="#viewing_addresses_known_to_a_router">9.2.6. Viewing Addresses Known to a Router</a></li>
+<li><a href="#viewing_a_router_s_autolinks">9.2.7. Viewing a Router&#8217;s Autolinks</a></li>
+<li><a href="#viewing_the_status_of_a_router_s_link_routes">9.2.8. Viewing the Status of a Router&#8217;s Link Routes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#viewing_memory_consumption_information">9.2.9. Viewing Memory Consumption Information</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#managing-router">9.3. Managing Dispatch Router Using <code>qdmanage</code></a>
+<ul class="sectlevel3">
+<li><a href="#syntax_for_using_code_qdmanage_code">9.3.1. Syntax for Using <code>qdmanage</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#managing_network_connections">9.3.2. Managing Network Connections</a></li>
+<li><a href="#managing_security">9.3.3. Managing Security</a></li>
+<li><a href="#managing_routing">9.3.4. Managing Routing</a></li>
+<li><a href="#managing_logging">9.3.5. Managing Logging</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#management_entities">9.4. Management Entities</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#reliability">10. Reliability</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel2">
+<li><a href="#path_redundancy">10.1. Path Redundancy</a></li>
+<li><a href="#path_redundancy_and_temporal_decoupling">10.2. Path Redundancy and Temporal Decoupling</a></li>
+<li><a href="#sharded_queue">10.3. Sharded Queue</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#technical-details-specifications">11. Technical Details and Specifications</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel2">
+<li><a href="#client-compatibility">11.1. Client Compatibility</a></li>
+<li><a href="#amqp-mapping">11.2. AMQP Mapping</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel3">
+<li><a href="#message-annotations">11.2.1. Message Annotations</a></li>
+<li><a href="#sourcetarget-capabilities">11.2.2. Source/Target Capabilities</a></li>
+<li><a href="#dynamic-node-properties">11.2.3. Dynamic-Node-Properties</a></li>
+<li><a href="#addresses-and-address-formats">11.2.4. Addresses and Address Formats</a></li>
+<li><a href="#implementation-of-the-amqp-management-specification">11.2.5. Implementation of the AMQP Management Specification</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#cyrus-sasl">Appendix A: Using Cyrus SASL to Provide Authentication</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel2">
+<li><a href="#generating-sasl-database">A.1. Generating a SASL Database</a></li>
+<li><a href="#viewing_users_in_a_sasl_database">A.2. Viewing Users in a SASL Database</a></li>
+<li><a href="#configuring-sasl-database">A.3. Configuring a SASL Database</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="introduction">1. Introduction</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="overview">1.1. Overview</h3>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>The Dispatch Router is an AMQP message router that provides
+advanced interconnect capabilities. It allows flexible routing of
+messages between any AMQP-enabled endpoints, whether they be clients,
+servers, brokers or any other entity that can send or receive standard
+AMQP messages.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>A messaging client can make a single AMQP connection into a messaging
+bus built of Dispatch Router routers and, over that connection, exchange
+messages with one or more message brokers, and at the same time exchange
+messages directly with other endpoints without involving a broker at
+all.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>The router is an intermediary for messages but it is <em>not</em> a broker. It
+does not <em>take responsibility for</em> messages. It will, however, propagate
+settlement and disposition across a network such that delivery
+guarantees are met. In other words: the router network will deliver the
+message, possibly via several intermediate routers, <em>and</em> it will route
+the acknowledgement of that message by the ultimate receiver back across
+the same path. This means that <em>responsibility</em> for the message is
+transfered from the original sender to the ultimate receiver <em>as if
+they were directly connected</em>. However this is done via a flexible
+network that allows highly configurable routing of the message
+transparent to both sender and receiver.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>There are some patterns where this enables "brokerless messaging"
+approaches that are preferable to brokered approaches. In other cases a
+broker is essential (in particular where you need the separation of
+responsibility and/or the buffering provided by store-and-forward) but a
+dispatch network can still be useful to tie brokers and clients together
+into patterns that are difficult with a single broker.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>For a "brokerless" example, consider the common brokered implementation
+of the request-response pattern, a client puts a request on a queue and
+then waits for a reply on another queue. In this case the broker can be
+a hindrance - the client may want to know immediately if there is nobody
+to serve the request, but typically it can only wait for a timeout to
+discover this. With a Dispatch Router network, the client can be informed
+immediately if its message cannot be delivered because nobody is
+listening. When the client receives acknowledgement of the request it
+knows not just that it is sitting on a queue, but that it has actually
+been received by the server.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>For an exampe of using Dispatch Router to enhance the use of brokers, consider
+using an array of brokers to implement a scalable distributed work
+queue. A dispatch network can make this appear as a single queue, with
+senders publishing to a single address and receivers subscribing to a
+single address. The dispatch network can distribute work to any broker
+in the array and collect work from any broker for any receiver. Brokers
+can be shut down or added without affecting clients. This elegantly
+solves the common difficulty of "stuck messages" when implementing this
+pattern with brokers alone. If a receiver is connected to a broker that
+has no messages, but there are messages on another broker, you have to
+somehow transfer them or leave them "stuck". With a Dispatch Router network,
+<em>all</em> the receivers are connected to <em>all</em> the brokers. If there is a
+message anywhere it can be delivered to any receiver.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Dispatch Router is meant to be deployed in topologies of multiple routers,
+preferably with redundant paths. It uses link-state routing protocols
+and algorithms (similar to OSPF or IS-IS from the networking world) to
+calculate the best path from every point to every other point and to
+recover quickly from failures. It does not need to use clustering for
+high availability; rather, it relies on redundant paths to provide
+continued connectivity in the face of system or network failure. Because
+it never takes responsibility for messages it is effectively stateless.
+Messages not delivered to their final destination will not be
+acknowledged to the sender and therefore the sender can re-send such
+messages if it is disconnected from the network.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="benefits">1.2. Benefits</h3>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Simplifies connectivity</p>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist">
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p>An endpoint can do all of its messaging through a single transport
+connection</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>Avoid opening holes in firewalls for incoming connections</p>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Provides messaging connectivity where there is no TCP/IP connectivity</p>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist">
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p>A server or broker can be in a private IP network (behind a NAT
+firewall) and be accessible by messaging endpoints in other networks
+(learn more).</p>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Simplifies reliability</p>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist">
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p>Reliability and availability are provided using redundant topology,
+not server clustering</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>Reliable end-to-end messaging without persistent stores</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>Use a message broker only when you need store-and-forward semantics</p>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="features">1.3. Features</h3>
+<div class="ulist">
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p>Can be deployed stand-alone or in a network of routers</p>
+<div class="ulist">
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p>Supports arbitrary network topology - no restrictions on redundancy</p>
+<div class="ulist">
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p>Automatic route computation - adjusts quickly to changes in topology</p>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>Provides remote access to brokers or other AMQP servers</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>Security</p>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="theory_of_operation">2. Theory of Operation</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>This section introduces some key concepts about the router.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="overview_2">2.1. Overview</h3>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>The Dispatch Router is an <em>application layer</em> program running as a normal
+user program or as a daemon.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Dispatch Router accepts AMQP connections from clients and creates AMQP
+connections to brokers or AMQP-based services. Dispatch Router classifies
+incoming AMQP messages and routes the
+messages between message producers and message consumers.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Dispatch Router is meant to be deployed in topologies of multiple routers,
+preferably with redundant paths. It uses link-state routing protocols
+and algorithms similar to OSPF or IS-IS from the networking world to
+calculate the best path from every message source to every message
+destination and to recover quickly from failures. Dispatch Router relies on
+redundant network paths to provide continued connectivity in the face
+of system or network failure.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>A messaging client can make a single AMQP connection into a messaging
+bus built with routers and, over that connection, exchange messages
+with one or more message brokers connected to any router in the
+network. At the same time the client can exchange messages directly
+with other endpoints without involving a broker at all.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="connections">2.2. Connections</h3>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Dispatch Router connects clients, servers, AMQP services, and other
+routers through network connections.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="listener">2.2.1. Listener</h4>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Dispatch Router provides <em>listeners</em> that accept client connections.
+A client connecting to a router listener uses the
+same methods that it would use to connect to a broker. From the
+client&#8217;s perspective the router connection and link establishment are
+identical to broker connection and link establishment.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Several types of listeners are defined by their role.</p>
+</div>
+<table class="tableblock frame-all grid-all spread">
+<colgroup>
+<col style="width: 20%;">
+<col style="width: 80%;">
+</colgroup>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Role</p></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Description</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">normal</p></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">The connection is used for AMQP clients using normal message delivery.</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">inter-router</p></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">The connection is assumed to be to another router in the network.  Inter-router discovery and routing protocols can only be used over inter-router connections.</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">route-container</p></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">The connection is a broker or other resource that holds known addresses. The router will use this connection to create links as necessary. The addresses are available for routing only after the remote resource has created a connection.</p></td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="connector">2.2.2. Connector</h4>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Dispatch Router can also be configured to create outbound connections to
+messaging brokers or other AMQP entities using <em>connectors</em>. A
+connector is defined with the network address of the broker and the
+name or names of the resources that are available in that broker. When
+a router connects to a broker through a connector it uses the same
+methods a normal messaging client would use when connecting to the
+broker.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Several types of connectors are defined by their role.</p>
+</div>
+<table class="tableblock frame-all grid-all spread">
+<colgroup>
+<col style="width: 20%;">
+<col style="width: 80%;">
+</colgroup>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Role</p></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Description</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">normal</p></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">The connection is used for AMQP clients using normal message delivery. On this connector the router will initiate the connection but it will never create any links. Links are to be created by the peer that accepts the connection.</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">inter-router</p></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">The connection is assumed to be to another router in the network.  Inter-router discovery and routing protocols can only be used over inter-router connections.</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">route-container</p></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">The connection is to a broker or other resource that holds known addresses. The router will use this connection to create links as necessary. The addresses are available for routing only after the router has created a connection to the remote resource.</p></td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="addresses">2.3. Addresses</h3>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>AMQP addresses are used to control the flow of messages across a
+network of routers. Addresses are used in a number of different places
+in the AMQP 1.0 protocol. They can be used in a specific message in
+the <em>to</em> and <em>reply-to</em> fields of a message&#8217;s properties. They are also
+used during the creation of links in the <em>address</em> field of a <em>source</em> or
+a <em>target</em>.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock note">
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<div class="title">Note</div>
+</td>
+<td class="content">
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Addresses in this discussion refer to AMQP protocol addresses and not
+to TCP/IP network addresses. TCP/IP network addresses are used by
+messaging clients, brokers, and routers to create AMQP connections.
+AMQP protocol addresses are the names of source and destination
+endpoints for messages within the messaging network.</p>
+</div>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Addresses designate various kinds of entities in a messaging network:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist">
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p>Endpoint processes that consume data or offer a service</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>Topics that match multiple consumers to multiple producers</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>Entities within a messaging broker:</p>
+<div class="ulist">
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p>Queues</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>Durable Topics</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>Exchanges</p>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>The syntax of an AMQP address is opaque as far as the router network
+is concerned. A syntactical structure may be used by the administrator
+who creates addresses but the router treats them as opaque
+strings.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Dispatch Router maintains several classes of address based on how the address is
+configured or discovered.</p>
+</div>
+<table class="tableblock frame-all grid-all spread">
+<colgroup>
+<col style="width: 25%;">
+<col style="width: 75%;">
+</colgroup>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Address Type</p></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Description</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">mobile</p></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">The address is a rendezvous point between senders and receivers. The router aggregates and serializes messages from senders and distributes messages to receivers.</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">link route</p></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">The address defines a private messaging path between a sender and a receiver. The router simply passes messages between the end points.</p></td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="mobile_addresses">2.3.1. Mobile Addresses</h4>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Routers consider addresses to be mobile such that any users of an
+address may be directly connected to any router in a network and may
+move around the topology. In cases where messages are broadcast to or
+balanced across multiple consumers, the address users may be connected
+to multiple routers in the network.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Mobile addresses are rendezvous points for senders and receivers.
+Messages arrive at the mobile address and are dispatched to their
+destinations according to the routing defined for the mobile address.
+The details of these routing patterns are discussed later.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Mobile addresses may be discovered during normal router operation or
+configured through management settings.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="discovered_mobile_addresses">Discovered Mobile Addresses</h5>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Mobile addresses are created when a client creates a link to a source
+or destination address that is unknown to the router network.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Suppose a service provider wants to offer <em>my-service</em> that clients
+may use. The service provider must open a receiver link with source
+address <em>my-service</em>.  The router creates a mobile address
+<em>my-service</em> and propagates the address so that it is known to every
+router in the network.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Later a client wants to use the service and creates a sending link
+with target address <em>my-service</em>. The router matches the service
+provider&#8217;s receiver having source address <em>my-service</em> to the client&#8217;s
+sender having target address <em>my-service</em> and routes messages between
+the two.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Any number of other clients can create links to the service as
+well. The clients do not have to know where in the router network the
+service provider is physically located nor are the clients required to
+connect to a specific router to use the service. Regardless of how
+many clients are using the service the service provider needs only a
+single connection and link into the router network.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Another view of this same scenario is when a client tries to use the
+service before service provider has connected to the network. In this
+case the router network creates the mobile address <em>my-service</em> as
+before. However, since the mobile address has only client sender links
+and no receiver links the router stalls the clients and prevents them
+from sending any messages.  Later, after the service provider connects
+and creates the receiver link, the router will issue credits to the
+clients and the messages will begin to flow between the clients and
+the service.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>The service provider can connect, disconnect, and reconnect from a
+different location without having to change any of the clients or
+their connections.  Imagine having the service running on a
+laptop. One day the connection is from corporate headquarters and the
+next day the connection is from some remote location. In this case the
+service provider&#8217;s computer will typically have different host IP
+addresses for each connection. Using the router network the service
+provider connects to the router network and offers the named service
+and the clients connect to the router network and consume from the
+named service. The router network routes messages between the mobile
+addresses effectively masking host IP addresses of the service
+provider and the client systems.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="configured_mobile_addresses">Configured Mobile Addresses</h5>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Mobile addresses may be configured using the router <em>autoLink</em>
+object. An address created via an <em>autoLink</em> represents a queue,
+topic, or other service in an external broker. Logically the
+<em>autoLink</em> addresses are treated by the router network as if the
+broker had connected to the router and offered the services itself.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>For each configured mobile address the router will create a single
+link to the external resource. Messages flow between sender links and
+receiver links the same regardless if the mobile address was
+discovered or configured.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Multiple <em>autoLink</em> objects may define the same address on multiple
+brokers.  In this case the router network creates a sharded resource
+split between the brokers. Any client can seamlessly send and receive
+messages from either broker.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Note that the brokers do not need to be clustered or federated to
+receive this treatment. The brokers may even be from different vendors
+or be different versions of the same broker yet still work together to
+provide a larger service platform.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="link_route_addresses">2.3.2. Link Route Addresses</h4>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Link route addresses may be configured using the router <em>linkRoute</em>
+object. An link route address represents a queue, topic, or other
+service in an external broker similar to addresses configured by
+<em>autoLink</em> objects. For link route addresses the router propagates a
+separate link attachment to the broker resource for each incoming
+client link. The router does not automatically create any links to the
+broker resource.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Using link route addresses the router network does not participate in
+aggregated message distribution. The router simply passes message
+delivery and settlement between the two end points.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="message_routing">2.4. Message Routing</h3>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Addresses have semantics associated with them that are assigned when
+the address is provisioned or discovered.  The semantics of an address
+control how routers behave when they see the address being
+used. Address semantics include the following considerations:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist">
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p>Routing pattern - balanced, closest, multicast</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>Routing mechanism - message routed, link routed</p>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="routing_patterns">2.4.1. Routing Patterns</h4>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Routing patterns define the paths that a message with a mobile address
+can take across a network. These routing patterns can be used for both
+direct routing, in which the router distributes messages between
+clients without a broker, and indirect routing, in which the router
+enables clients to exchange messages through a broker.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Note that the routing patterns fall into two categories:  Anycast
+(Balanced and Closest) and Multicast.  There is no concept of
+"unicast" in which there is only one consumer for an address.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Anycast distribution delivers each message to one consumer whereas
+multicast distribution delivers each message to all consumers.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Anycast delivery is reliable when the message deliveries are
+unsettled.  There is a reliability contract that the router network
+abides by when delivering unsettled messages to anycast addresses.
+For every such delivery sent by a producer, the router network
+guarantees that one of the following outcomes will occur:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist">
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p>The delivery shall be settled with ACCEPTED or REJECTED disposition
+where the disposition is supplied by the consumer.</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>The delivery shall be settled with RELEASED disposition, meaning
+that the message was not delivered to any consumer.</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>The delivery shall be settled with MODIFIED disposition, meaning
+that the message may have been delivered to a consumer but should be
+considered in-doubt and re-sent.</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>The connection to the producer shall be dropped, signifying that all
+unsettled deliveries should now be considered in-doubt by the
+producer and later re-sent.</p>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Multicast delivery is not reliable.  If a producer sends an unsettled
+delivery, the ingress router shall settle the delivery with ACCEPTED
+disposition regardless of whether the message was delivered to any
+consumers.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="balanced">Balanced</h5>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>An anycast method which allows multiple receivers to use the same
+address. In this case, messages (or links) are routed to exactly one
+of the receivers and the network attempts to balance the traffic load
+across the set of receivers using the same address. This routing
+delivers messages to receivers based on how quickly they settle the
+deliveries. Faster receivers get more messages.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="closest">Closest</h5>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>An anycast method in which even if there are more receivers for the
+same address, every message is sent along the shortest path to reach
+the destination. This means that only one receiver will get the
+message. Each message is delivered to the closest receivers in terms
+of topology cost. If there are multiple receivers with the same lowest
+cost, deliveries will be spread evenly among those receivers.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="multicast">Multicast</h5>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Having multiple consumers on the same address at the same time,
+messages are routed such that each consumer receives one copy of the
+message.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="routing_mechanisms">2.4.2. Routing Mechanisms</h4>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>The fact that addresses can be used in different ways suggests that
+message routing can be accomplished in different ways. Before going
+into the specifics of the different routing mechanisms, it would be
+good to first define what is meant by the term <em>routing</em>:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre>In a network built of multiple, interconnected routers 'routing'
+determines which connection to use to send a message directly
+to its destination or one step closer to its destination.</pre>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Each router serves as the terminus of a collection of incoming and
+outgoing links. Some of the links are designated for message routing,
+and others are designated for link routing. In both cases, the links
+either connect directly to endpoints that produce and consume
+messages, or they connect to other routers in the network along
+previously established connections.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="message_routed">Message Routed</h5>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Message routing occurs upon delivery of a message and is done based on
+the address in the message&#8217;s <em>to</em> field.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>When a delivery arrives on an incoming message-routing link, the
+router extracts the address from the delivered message&#8217;s <em>to</em> field and
+looks the address up in its routing table. The lookup results in zero
+or more outgoing links onto which the message shall be resent.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Message routing can also occur without an address in the
+message&#8217;s <em>to</em> field if the incoming link has a target address. In
+fact, if the sender uses a link with a target address, the <em>to</em> field
+shall be ignored even if used.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="link_routed">Link Routed</h5>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Link routing occurs when a new link is attached to the router across
+one of its AMQP connections. It is done based on the <em>target.address</em>
+field of an inbound link and the <em>source.address</em> field of an outbound
+link.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Link routing uses the same routing table that message routing
+uses. The difference is that the routing occurs during the link-attach
+operation, and link attaches are propagated along the appropriate path
+to the destination. What results is a chain of links, connected
+end-to-end, from source to destination. It is similar to a virtual
+circuit in a telecom system.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Each router in the chain holds pairs of link termini that are tied
+together. The router then simply exchanges all deliveries, delivery
+state changes, and link state changes between the two termini.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>The endpoints that use the link chain do not see any difference in
+behavior between a link chain and a single point-to-point link. All of
+the features available in the link protocol (flow control,
+transactional delivery, etc.) are available over a routed link-chain.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="message_settlement">2.4.3. Message Settlement</h4>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Messages may be delivered with varying degrees of reliability.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist">
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p>At most once</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>At least once</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>Exactly once</p>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>The reliability is negotiated between the client and server during
+link establishment. The router handles all levels of reliability by treating
+messages as either <em>pre-settled</em> or <em>unsettled</em>.</p>
+</div>
+<table class="tableblock frame-all grid-all spread">
+<colgroup>
+<col style="width: 20%;">
+<col style="width: 80%;">
+</colgroup>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Delivery</p></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Handling</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">pre-settled</p></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">If the arriving delivery is pre-settled (i.e., fire and forget), the incoming delivery shall be settled by the router, and the outgoing deliveries shall also be pre-settled. In other words, the pre-settled nature of the message delivery is propagated across the network to the message&#8217;s destination.</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">unsettled</p></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Unsettled delivery is also propagated across the network. Because unsettled delivery records cannot be discarded, the router tracks the incoming deliveries and keeps the association of the incoming deliveries to the resulting outgoing deliveries. This kept association allows the router to continue to propagate changes in delivery state (settlement and disposition) back and forth along the path which the message traveled.</p></td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="security">2.5. Security</h3>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Dispatch Router uses the SSL protocol and related certificates and SASL
+protocol mechanisms to encrypt and authenticate remote peers. Router
+listeners act as network servers and router connectors act as network
+clients. Both connection types may be configured securely with SSL
+and SASL.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>The router <code>policy</code> module is an optional authorization mechanism
+enforcing user connection restrictions and AMQP resource access
+control.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="getting-started">3. Getting Started</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Before configuring Dispatch Router, you should understand how to start the router, how it is configured by default, and how to use it in a simple peer-to-peer configuration.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="starting-the-router">3.1. Starting the Router</h3>
+<div class="olist arabic">
+<div class="title">Procedure</div>
+<ol class="arabic">
+<li>
+<p>To start the router, use the <strong><code>qdrouterd</code></strong> command.</p>
+<div class="openblock">
+<div class="content">
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>This example uses the default configuration to start the router as a daemon:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre class="nowrap">$ qdrouterd -d</pre>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock note">
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<div class="title">Note</div>
+</td>
+<td class="content">
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>You can specify a different configuration file with which to start the router. For more information, see <a href="#methods-for-changing-router-configuration"><em>Changing a Router&#8217;s Configuration</em></a>.</p>
+</div>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>The router starts, using the default configuration file stored at <code>/etc/qpid-dispatch/qdrouterd.conf</code>.</p>
+</div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>View the log to verify the router status:</p>
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre class="nowrap">$ qdstat --log</pre>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>This example shows that the router was correctly installed, is running, and is ready to route traffic between clients:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre class="nowrap">$ qdstat --log
+Fri May 20 09:38:03 2017 SERVER (info) Container Name: Router.A <b class="conum">(1)</b>
+Fri May 20 09:38:03 2017 ROUTER (info) Router started in Standalone mode <b class="conum">(2)</b>
+Fri May 20 09:38:03 2017 ROUTER_CORE (info) Router Core thread running. 0/Router.A
+Fri May 20 09:38:03 2017 ROUTER_CORE (info) In-process subscription M/$management
+Fri May 20 09:38:03 2017 AGENT (info) Activating management agent on $_management_internal <b class="conum">(3)</b>
+Fri May 20 09:38:03 2017 ROUTER_CORE (info) In-process subscription L/$management
+Fri May 20 09:38:03 2017 ROUTER_CORE (info) In-process subscription L/$_management_internal
+Fri May 20 09:38:03 2017 DISPLAYNAME (info) Activating DisplayNameService on $displayname
+Fri May 20 09:38:03 2017 ROUTER_CORE (info) In-process subscription L/$displayname
+Fri May 20 09:38:03 2017 CONN_MGR (info) Configured Listener: 0.0.0.0:amqp proto=any role=normal <b class="conum">(4)</b>
+Fri May 20 09:38:03 2017 POLICY (info) Policy configured maximumConnections: 0, policyFolder: '', access rules enabled: 'false'
+Fri May 20 09:38:03 2017 POLICY (info) Policy fallback defaultApplication is disabled
+Fri May 20 09:38:03 2017 SERVER (info) Operational, 4 Threads Running <b class="conum">(5)</b></pre>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="colist arabic">
+<ol>
+<li>
+<p>The name of this router instance.</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>By default, the router starts in <em>standalone</em> mode, which means that it cannot connect to other routers or be used in a router network.</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>The management agent. It provides the <code>$management</code> address, through which management tools such as <code>qdmanage</code> and <code>qdstat</code> can perform create, read, update, and delete (CRUD) operations on the router. As an AMQP endpoint, the management agent supports all operations defined by the <a href="https://www.oasis-open.org/committees/download.php/54441/AMQP%20Management%20v1.0%20WD09">AMQP management specification (Draft 9)</a>.</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>A listener is started on all available network interfaces and listens for connections on the standard AMQP port (5672, which is not encrypted).</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>Threads for handling message traffic and all other internal operations.</p>
+</li>
+</ol>
+</div>
+</li>
+</ol>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="routing_messages_in_a_peer_to_peer_configuration">3.2. Routing Messages in a Peer-to-Peer Configuration</h3>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>This example demonstrates how the router can connect clients by receiving and sending messages between them. It uses the router&#8217;s default configuration file and does not require a broker.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align: center">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/01-peer-to-peer.png" alt="Peer-to-peer Communication">
+</div>
+<div class="title">Figure 1. Peer-to-peer Communication</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>As the diagram indicates, the configuration consists of an Dispatch Router component with two clients connected to it: a sender and a receiver. The receiver wants to receive messages on a specific address, and the sender sends
+messages to that address.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>A broker is not used in this example, so there is no <em>"store and forward"</em> mechanism in the middle. Instead, the messages flow from sender to receiver only if the receiver is online, and the sender can confirm that the messages have arrived at their destination.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>This example uses a Apache Qpid Proton Python client to start a receiver client, and then send five messages from the sender client.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<div class="title">Prerequisites</div>
+<p>Apache Qpid Proton Python must be installed before you can complete the peer-to-peer routing example. For more information, see <a href="https://qpid.apache.org/proton/" class="bare">https://qpid.apache.org/proton/</a>.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="olist arabic">
+<div class="title">Procedure</div>
+<ol class="arabic">
+<li>
+<p><a href="#starting-the-receiver-client">Start the receiver client</a>.</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p><a href="#sending-messages">Send messages</a>.</p>
+</li>
+</ol>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="starting-the-receiver-client">3.2.1. Starting the Receiver Client</h4>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>In this example, the receiver client is started first. This means that the messages will be sent as soon as the sender client is started.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock note">
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<div class="title">Note</div>
+</td>
+<td class="content">
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>In practice, the order in which you start senders and receivers does not matter. In both cases, messages will be sent as soon as the receiver comes online.</p>
+</div>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist">
+<div class="title">Procedure</div>
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p>To start the receiver by using the Python receiver client, navigate to the Python examples directory and run the <code>simple_recv.py</code> example:</p>
+<div class="openblock">
+<div class="content">
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre class="nowrap">$ cd <em>INSTALL_DIR</em>/examples/python/
+$ python simple_recv.py -a 127.0.0.1:5672/examples -m 5</pre>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>This command starts the receiver and listens on the default address (<code>127.0.0.1:5672/examples</code>). The receiver is also set to receive a maximum of five messages.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="sending-messages">3.2.2. Sending Messages</h4>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>After starting the receiver client, you can send messages from the sender. These messages will travel through the router to the receiver.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist">
+<div class="title">Procedure</div>
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p>In a new terminal window, navigate to the Python examples directory and run the <code>simple_send.py</code> example:</p>
+<div class="openblock">
+<div class="content">
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre class="nowrap">$ cd <em>INSTALL_DIR</em>/examples/python/
+$ python simple_send.py -a 127.0.0.1:5672/examples -m 5</pre>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>This command sends five auto-generated messages to the default address (<code>127.0.0.1:5672/examples</code>) and then confirms that they were delivered and acknowledged by the receiver:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre class="nowrap">all messages confirmed</pre>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>The receiver client receives the messages and displays their content:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre class="nowrap">{u'sequence': 1L}
+{u'sequence': 2L}
+{u'sequence': 3L}
+{u'sequence': 4L}
+{u'sequence': 5L}</pre>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="router-configuration">4. Configuration</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Before starting Dispatch Router, you should understand where the router&#8217;s configuration file is stored, how the file is structured, and the methods you can use to modify it.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="accessing_the_router_configuration_file">4.1. Accessing the Router Configuration File</h3>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>The router&#8217;s configuration is defined in the router configuration file. You can access this file to view and modify that configuration.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist">
+<div class="title">Procedure</div>
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p>Open the following file: <code>/etc/qpid-dispatch/qdrouterd.conf</code>.</p>
+<div class="openblock">
+<div class="content">
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>When Dispatch Router is installed, <code>qdrouterd.conf</code> is installed in this directory by default. When the router is started, it runs with the settings defined in this file.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>For more information about the router configuration file (including available entities and attributes), see the <a href="https://qpid.apache.org/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.0.1/man/qdrouterd.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener">qdrouterd man page</a>.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="how_the_router_configuration_file_is_structured">4.2. How the Router Configuration File is Structured</h3>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Before you can make changes to a router configuration file, you should understand how the file is structured.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>The configuration file contains sections. A section is a configurable entity, and it contains a set of attribute name-value pairs that define the settings for that entity. The syntax is as follows:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre class="nowrap">sectionName {
+    attributeName: attributeValue
+    attributeName: attributeValue
+    ...
+}</pre>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="methods-for-using-pattern-matching">4.3. Methods for Using Pattern Matching and Wildcards</h3>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>The router configuration file supports pattern matching and wildcards to enable you to match multiple values for certain attributes. However, the syntax varies based on the type of entity that you are configuring.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="router-address-pattern-matching">4.3.1. Pattern Matching for Addresses</h4>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>In some router configuration scenarios, you might need to use pattern matching to match a range of addresses rather than a single, literal address. Address patterns match any address that corresponds to the pattern.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>An address pattern is a sequence of tokens (typically words) that are delimited by either <code>.</code> or <code>/</code> characters. They also can contain special wildcard characters that represent words:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist">
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p><code>*</code> represents exactly one word</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p><code>#</code> represents zero or more words</p>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+<div class="exampleblock">
+<div class="title">Example 1. Address Pattern</div>
+<div class="content">
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>This address contains two tokens, separated by the <code>/</code> delimiter:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>my/address</code></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="exampleblock">
+<div class="title">Example 2. Address Pattern with Wildcard</div>
+<div class="content">
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>This address contains three tokens. The <code>*</code> is a wildcard, representing any single word that might be between <code>my</code> and <code>address</code>:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>my/*/address</code></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>The following table shows some address patterns and examples of the addresses that would match them:</p>
+</div>
+<table class="tableblock frame-all grid-all spread">
+<colgroup>
+<col style="width: 33.3333%;">
+<col style="width: 33.3333%;">
+<col style="width: 33.3334%;">
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+<tr>
+<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">This pattern&#8230;&#8203;</th>
+<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Matches&#8230;&#8203;</th>
+<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">But not&#8230;&#8203;</th>
+</tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>news/*</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>news/europe</code></p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>news/usa</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>news</code></p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>news/usa/sports</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>news/#</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>news</code></p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>news/europe</code></p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>news/usa/sports</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>europe</code></p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>usa</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>news/europe/#</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>news/europe</code></p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>news/europe/sports</code></p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>news/europe/politics/fr</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>news/usa</code></p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>europe</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>news/*/sports</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>news/europe/sports</code></p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>news/usa/sports</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>news</code></p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>news/europe/fr/sports</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="pattern-matching-vhost-policy-hostnames">4.3.2. Pattern Matching for Vhost Policy Hostnames</h4>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>In a vhost policy, vhost hostnames can be either literal hostnames or patterns that cover a range of hostnames.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>A hostname pattern is a sequence of words with one or more of the following wildcard characters:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist">
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p><code>*</code> represents exactly one word</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p><code>#</code> represents zero or more words</p>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>The following table shows some examples of hostname patterns:</p>
+</div>
+<table class="tableblock frame-all grid-all spread">
+<colgroup>
+<col style="width: 33.3333%;">
+<col style="width: 33.3333%;">
+<col style="width: 33.3334%;">
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+<tr>
+<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">This pattern&#8230;&#8203;</th>
+<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Matches&#8230;&#8203;</th>
+<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">But not&#8230;&#8203;</th>
+</tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>*.example.com</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>www.example.com</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>example.com</code>
+<code>srv2.www.example.com</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>#.example.com</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>example.com</code>
+<code>www.example.com</code>
+<code>a.b.c.d.example.com</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>myhost.com</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>www.*.test.example.com</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>www.a.test.example.com</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>www.test.example.com</code>
+<code>www.a.b.c.test.example.com</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>www.#.test.example.com</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>www.test.example.com</code>
+<code>www.a.test.example.com</code>
+<code>www.a.b.c.test.example.com</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>test.example.com</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Vhost hostname pattern matching applies the following precedence rules:</p>
+</div>
+<table class="tableblock frame-all grid-all spread">
+<colgroup>
+<col style="width: 50%;">
+<col style="width: 50%;">
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+<tr>
+<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Policy pattern</th>
+<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Precedence</th>
+</tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Exact match</p></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">High</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">*</p></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Medium</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">#</p></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Low</p></td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+<div class="admonitionblock note">
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<div class="title">Note</div>
+</td>
+<td class="content">
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Dispatch Router does not permit you to create vhost hostname patterns that conflict with existing patterns. This includes patterns that can be reduced to be the same as an existing pattern. For example, you would not be able to create the <code>#.#.#.#.com</code> pattern if <code>#.com</code> already exists.</p>
+</div>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="methods-for-changing-router-configuration">4.4. Changing a Router&#8217;s Configuration</h3>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>You can use different methods for changing a router&#8217;s configuration based on whether the router is currently running, and whether you want the change to take effect immediately.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist">
+<div class="title">Choices</div>
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p><a href="#making-permanent-change-to-router-configuration">Make a permanent change to the router&#8217;s configuration</a>.</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p><a href="#changing-configuration-for-running-router">Change the configuration for a running router.</a></p>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="making-permanent-change-to-router-configuration">4.4.1. Making a Permanent Change to the Router&#8217;s Configuration</h4>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>You can make a permanent change to the router&#8217;s configuration by editing the router&#8217;s configuration file directly. You must restart the router for the changes to take effect, but the changes will be saved even if the router is stopped.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="olist arabic">
+<div class="title">Procedure</div>
+<ol class="arabic">
+<li>
+<p>Do one of the following:</p>
+<div class="ulist">
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p>Edit the default configuration file (<code>/etc/qpid-dispatch/qdrouterd.conf</code>).</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>Create a new configuration file.</p>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>Start (or restart) the router.</p>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>If you created a new configuration file, you must specify the path using the <code>--conf</code> parameter. For example, the following command starts the router with a non-default configuration file:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre class="nowrap">$ sudo qdrouterd -d --conf /etc/qpid-dispatch/new-configuration-file.conf</pre>
+</div>
+</div>
+</li>
+</ol>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="changing-configuration-for-running-router">4.4.2. Changing the Configuration for a Running Router</h4>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>If the router is running, you can change its configuration on the fly. The changes you make take effect immediately, but are lost if the router is stopped.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist">
+<div class="title">Procedure</div>
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p>Use <code>qdmanage</code> to change the configuration.</p>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>For more information about using <code>qdmanage</code>, see <a href="#managing-router">Managing Dispatch Router Using <em>qdmanage</em></a>.</p>
+</div>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="default_configuration_settings">4.5. Default Configuration Settings</h3>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>The router&#8217;s configuration file controls the way in which the router functions. The default configuration file contains the minimum number of settings required for the router to run. As you become more familiar with the router, you can add to or change these settings, or create your own configuration files.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>When you installed Dispatch Router, the default configuration file was added at the following path: <code>/etc/qpid-dispatch/qdrouterd.conf</code>. It includes some basic configuration settings that define the router&#8217;s operating mode, how it listens for incoming connections, and routing patterns for the message routing mechanism.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="title">Default Configuration File</div>
+<div class="content">
+<pre class="nowrap">router {
+    mode: standalone <b class="conum">(1)</b>
+    id: Router.A <b class="conum">(2)</b>
+}
+
+listener { <b class="conum">(3)</b>
+    host: 0.0.0.0 <b class="conum">(4)</b>
+    port: amqp <b class="conum">(5)</b>
+    authenticatePeer: no <b class="conum">(6)</b>
+}
+
+address { <b class="conum">(7)</b>
+    prefix: closest
+    distribution: closest
+}
+
+address {
+    prefix: multicast
+    distribution: multicast
+}
+
+address {
+    prefix: unicast
+    distribution: closest
+}
+
+address {
+    prefix: exclusive
+    distribution: closest
+}
+
+address {
+    prefix: broadcast
+    distribution: multicast
+}</pre>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="colist arabic">
+<ol>
+<li>
+<p>By default, the router operates in <em>standalone</em> mode. This means that it can only communicate with endpoints that are directly connected to it. It cannot connect to other routers, or participate in a router network.</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>The unique identifier of the router. This ID is used as the <code>container-id</code> (container name) at the AMQP protocol level. It is required, and the router will not start if this attribute is not defined.</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>The <code>listener</code> entity handles incoming connections from client endpoints.</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>The IP address on which the router will listen for incoming connections. By default, the router is configured to listen on all network interfaces.</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>The port on which the router will listen for incoming connections. By default, the default AMQP port (5672) is specified with a symbolic service name.</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>Specifies whether the router should authenticate peers before they can connect to the router. By default, peer authentication is not required.</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>By default, the router is configured to use the message routing mechanism. Each <code>address</code> entity defines how messages that are received with a particular address <code>prefix</code> should be distributed. For example, all messages with addresses that start with <code>closest</code> will be distributed using the <code>closest</code> distribution pattern.</p>
+</li>
+</ol>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock note">
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<div class="title">Note</div>
+</td>
+<td class="content">
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>If a client requests a message with an address that is not defined in the router&#8217;s configuration file, the <code>balanced</code> distribution pattern will be used automatically.</p>
+</div>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="setting_essential_configuration_properties">4.6. Setting Essential Configuration Properties</h3>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>The router&#8217;s default configuration settings enable the router to run with minimal configuration. However, you may need to change some of these settings for the router to run properly in your environment.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="olist arabic">
+<div class="title">Procedure</div>
+<ol class="arabic">
+<li>
+<p>Open the router&#8217;s configuration file.</p>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>If you are changing the router&#8217;s default configuration file, the file is located at <code>/etc/qpid-dispatch/qdrouterd.conf</code>.</p>
+</div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>To define essential router information, change the following attributes as needed in the <code>router</code> section:</p>
+<div class="openblock">
+<div class="content">
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre class="nowrap">router {
+    mode: <em>STANDALONE/INTERIOR</em>
+    id: <em>ROUTER_ID</em>
+}</pre>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="dlist">
+<dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1"><code>mode</code></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>Specify one of the following modes:</p>
+<div class="ulist">
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p><code>standalone</code> - Use this mode if the router does not communicate with other routers and is not part of a router network. When operating in this mode, the router only routes messages between directly connected endpoints.</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p><code>interior</code> - Use this mode if the router is part of a router network and needs to collaborate with other routers.</p>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1"><code>id</code></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>The unique identifier for the router. This ID will also be the container name at the AMQP protocol level.</p>
+</dd>
+</dl>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>For information about additional attributes, see <a href="https://qpid.apache.org/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.0.1/man/qdrouterd.conf.html#_router">router</a> in the <code>qdrouterd.conf</code> man page.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>If necessary for your environment, secure the router.</p>
+<div class="openblock">
+<div class="content">
+<div class="ulist">
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p><a href="#setting-up-ssl-for-encryption-and-authentication">Set up SSL/TLS for encryption, authentication, or both</a></p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p><a href="#setting-up-sasl-for-authentication-and-payload-encryption">Set up SASL for authentication and payload encryption</a></p>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>Connect the router to other routers, clients, and brokers.</p>
+<div class="openblock">
+<div class="content">
+<div class="ulist">
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p><a href="#adding-incoming-connections">Add incoming connections</a></p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p><a href="#adding-outgoing-connections">Add outgoing connections</a></p>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>Set up routing for your environment:</p>
+<div class="openblock">
+<div class="content">
+<div class="ulist">
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p><a href="#routing-messages-between-clients">Configure the router to route messages between clients directly</a></p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p><a href="#routing-messages-through-broker">Configure the router to route messages through a broker queue</a></p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p><a href="#creating-link-route">Create a link route to define a private messaging path between endpoints</a></p>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p><a href="#logging">Set up logging</a>.</p>
+</li>
+</ol>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="router-network-connections">5. Network Connections</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Connections define how the router communicates with clients, other routers, and brokers. You can configure <em>incoming connections</em> to define how the router listens for data from clients and other routers, and you can configure <em>outgoing connections</em> to define how the router sends data to other routers and brokers.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="adding-incoming-connections">5.1. Listening for Incoming Connections</h3>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Listening for incoming connections involves setting the host and port on which the router should listen for traffic.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="olist arabic">
+<div class="title">Procedure</div>
+<ol class="arabic">
+<li>
+<p>In the router&#8217;s configuration file, add a <code>listener</code>:</p>
+<div class="openblock">
+<div class="content">
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre class="nowrap">listener {
+    host: <em>HOST_NAME/ADDRESS</em>
+    port: <em>PORT_NUMBER/NAME</em>
+    ...
+}</pre>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="dlist">
+<dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1"><code>host</code></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>Either an IP address (IPv4 or IPv6) or hostname on which the router should listen for incoming connections.</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1"><code>port</code></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>The port number or symbolic service name on which the router should listen for incoming connections.</p>
+</dd>
+</dl>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>For information about additional attributes, see <a href="https://qpid.apache.org/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.0.1/man/qdrouterd.conf.html#_listener">listener</a> in the <code>qdrouterd.conf</code> man page.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>If necessary, <a href="#securing-incoming-connections">secure the connection</a>.</p>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>If you have set up SSL/TLS or SASL in your environment, you can configure the router to only accept encrypted or authenticated communication on this connection.</p>
+</div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>If you want the router to listen for incoming connections on additional hosts or ports, configure an additional <code>listener</code> entity for each host and port.</p>
+</li>
+</ol>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="adding-outgoing-connections">5.2. Adding Outgoing Connections</h3>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Configuring outgoing connections involves setting the host and port on which the router connects to other routers and brokers.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>When a router connects to a broker, the broker might provide backup connection data that the router can use if the primary connection fails. If the primary connection fails, the router attempts to reconnect by using a combination of the primary and&#8201;&#8212;&#8201;if provided&#8201;&#8212;&#8201;backup connections in round-robin fashion until the connection is successful. For more information about viewing the backup connection data provided by the broker, see <a href="#managing-connectors">Managing Connectors</a>.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="olist arabic">
+<div class="title">Procedure</div>
+<ol class="arabic">
+<li>
+<p>In the router&#8217;s configuration file, add a <code>connector</code>:</p>
+<div class="openblock">
+<div class="content">
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre class="nowrap">connector {
+    name: <em>NAME</em>
+    host: <em>HOST_NAME/ADDRESS</em>
+    port: <em>PORT_NUMBER/NAME</em>
+    ...
+}</pre>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="dlist">
+<dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1"><code>name</code></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>The name of the <code>connector</code>. You should specify a name that describes the entity to which the connector connects. This name is used by configured addresses (for example, a <code>linkRoute</code> entity) in order to specify which connection should be used for them.</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1"><code>host</code></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>Either an IP address (IPv4 or IPv6) or hostname on which the router should connect.</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1"><code>port</code></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>The port number or symbolic service name on which the router should connect.</p>
+</dd>
+</dl>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>For information about additional attributes, see <a href="https://qpid.apache.org/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.0.1/man/qdrouterd.conf.html#_connector">connector</a> in the <code>qdrouterd.conf</code> man page.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>If necessary, <a href="#securing-outgoing-connections">secure the connection</a>.</p>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>If you have set up SSL/TLS or SASL in your environment, you can configure the router to only send encrypted or authenticated communication on this connection.</p>
+</div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>For each remaining router or broker to which this router should connect, configure an additional <code>connector</code> entity.</p>
+</li>
+</ol>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="security-config">6. Security</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Securing your router network involves configuring authentication and authorization. You can authenticate and encrypt the router&#8217;s connections using SSL/TLS or SASL. Additionally, you can authorize access to messaging resources by setting user connection restrictions and defining AMQP resource access control.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="authenticating_remote_peers">6.1. Authenticating Remote Peers</h3>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>You can configure Dispatch Router to communicate with clients, routers, and brokers in a secure way by authenticating and encrypting the router&#8217;s connections. Dispatch Router supports the following security protocols:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist">
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p><em>SSL/TLS</em> for certificate-based encryption and mutual authentication</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p><em>SASL</em> for authentication and payload encryption</p>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="setting-up-ssl-for-encryption-and-authentication">6.1.1. Setting Up SSL/TLS for Encryption and Authentication</h4>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Before you can secure incoming and outgoing connections using SSL/TLS encryption and authentication, you must first set up the SSL/TLS profile in the router&#8217;s configuration file.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<div class="title">Prerequisites</div>
+<p>You must have the following files in PEM format:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist">
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p>An X.509 CA certificate (used for signing the router certificate for the SSL/TLS server authentication feature).</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>A private key (with or without password protection) for the router.</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>An X.509 router certificate signed by the X.509 CA certificate.</p>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist">
+<div class="title">Procedure</div>
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p>In the router&#8217;s configuration file, add an <code>sslProfile</code> section:</p>
+<div class="openblock">
+<div class="content">
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre class="nowrap">sslProfile {
+    name: <em>NAME</em>
+    ciphers: <em>CIPHERS</em>
+    protocols: <em>PROTOCOL</em>
+    caCertFile: <em>PATH</em>.pem
+    certFile: <em>PATH</em>.pem
+    privateKeyFile: <em>PATH</em>.pem
+    password: <em>PASSWORD/PATH_TO_PASSWORD_FILE</em>
+    ...
+}</pre>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="dlist">
+<dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1"><code>name</code></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>A name for the SSL/TLS profile. You can use this name to refer to the profile from the incoming and outgoing connections.</p>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>For example:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre class="nowrap">name: router-ssl-profile</pre>
+</div>
+</div>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1"><code>ciphers</code></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>The SSL cipher suites that can be used by this SSL/TLS profile. If certain ciphers are unsuitable for your environment, you can use this attribute to restrict them from being used.</p>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>To enable a cipher list, enter one or more cipher strings separated by colons (<code>:</code>).</p>
+</div>
+<div class="exampleblock">
+<div class="title">Example 3. Enabling a Cipher List</div>
+<div class="content">
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre class="nowrap">ciphers: ALL:!aNULL:!EXPORT56:RC4+RSA:+HIGH:+MEDIUM:+LOW:+SSLv2:+EXP</pre>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>To see the full list of available ciphers, use the <code>openssl ciphers</code> command. For more information about each cipher, see the <a href="https://www.openssl.org/docs/manmaster/man1/ciphers.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener">ciphers man page</a>.</p>
+</div>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1"><code>protocols</code></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>The SSL/TLS protocols that this router can use. You can specify a list of one or more of the following values: TLSv1, TLSv1.1, or TLSv1.2.</p>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>To specify multiple protocols, separate the protocols with a space.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="exampleblock">
+<div class="title">Example 4. Specifying Multiple Protocols</div>
+<div class="content">
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>This example permits the SSL/TLS profile to use TLS v1.1 and TLS v1.2 only:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre class="nowrap">protocols: TLSv1.1 TLSv1.2</pre>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>If you do not specify a value, the router will use the TLS protocol specified by the system-wide configuration.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock note">
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<div class="title">Note</div>
+</td>
+<td class="content">
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>When setting the TLS protocol versions for the router, you should also consider the TLS protocol version (or versions) used by your client applications. If a subset of TLS protocol versions does not exist between a client and the router, the client will not be able to connect to the router.</p>
+</div>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1"><code>caCertFile</code></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>The absolute path to the file that contains the public certificates of trusted certificate authorities (CA).</p>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>For example:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre class="nowrap">caCertFile: /qdrouterd/ssl_certs/ca-cert.pem</pre>
+</div>
+</div>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1"><code>certFile</code></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>The absolute path to the file containing the PEM-formatted public certificate to be used on the local end of any connections using this profile.</p>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>For example:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre class="nowrap">certFile: /qdrouterd/ssl_certs/router-cert-pwd.pem</pre>
+</div>
+</div>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1"><code>privateKeyFile</code></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>The absolute path to the file containing the PEM-formatted private key for the above certificate.</p>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>For example:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre class="nowrap">privateKeyFile: /qdrouterd/ssl_certs/router-key-pwd.pem</pre>
+</div>
+</div>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1"><code>passwordFile</code> or <code>password</code></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>If the private key is password-protected, you must provide the password by either specifying the absolute path to a file containing the password that unlocks the certificate key, or entering the password directly in the configuration file.</p>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>For example:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre class="nowrap">password: routerKeyPassword</pre>
+</div>
+</div>
+</dd>
+</dl>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>For information about additional <code>sslProfile</code> attributes, see <a href="https://qpid.apache.org/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.0.1/man/qdrouterd.conf.html#_sslprofile">sslProfile</a> in the <code>qdrouterd.conf</code> man page.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="setting-up-sasl-for-authentication-and-payload-encryption">6.1.2. Setting Up SASL for Authentication and Payload Encryption</h4>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>If you plan to use SASL to authenticate connections, you must first add the SASL attributes to the <code>router</code> entity in the router&#8217;s configuration file. These attributes define a set of SASL parameters that can be used by the router&#8217;s incoming and outgoing connections.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<div class="title">Prerequisites</div>
+<p>Before you can set up SASL, you must have the following:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist">
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p><a href="#generating-sasl-database">The SASL database is generated.</a></p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p><a href="#configuring-sasl-database">The SASL configuration file is configured.</a></p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>The Cyrus SASL plugin is installed for each SASL mechanism you plan to use.</p>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Cyrus SASL uses plugins to support specific SASL mechanisms. Before you can use a particular SASL mechanism, the relevant plugin must be installed. For example, you need the <code>cyrus-sasl-plain</code> plugin to use SASL PLAIN authentication.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="openblock">
+<div class="content">
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>To see a list of Cyrus SASL plugins in a <code>dnf</code>-based Linux system, use the <code>dnf search cyrus-sasl</code> command. To install a Cyrus SASL plugin, use the <code>dnf install <em>PLUGIN</em></code> command.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist">
+<div class="title">Procedure</div>
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p>In the router&#8217;s configuration file, add the following attributes to the <code>router</code> section:</p>
+<div class="openblock">
+<div class="content">
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre class="nowrap">router {
+    ...
+    saslConfigDir: <em>PATH</em>
+    saslConfigName: <em>FILE_NAME</em>
+}</pre>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="dlist">
+<dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1"><code>saslConfigDir</code></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>The absolute path to the SASL configuration file.</p>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>For example:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre class="nowrap">saslConfigDir: /qdrouterd/security</pre>
+</div>
+</div>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1"><code>saslConfigName</code></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>The name of the SASL configuration file. This name should <em>not</em> include the <code>.conf</code> file extension.</p>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>For example:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre class="nowrap">saslConfigName: qdrouterd_sasl</pre>
+</div>
+</div>
+</dd>
+</dl>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="securing-incoming-connections">6.1.3. Securing Incoming Connections</h4>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>You can secure incoming connections by configuring each connection&#8217;s <code>listener</code> entity for encryption, authentication, or both.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<div class="title">Prerequisites</div>
+<p>Before securing incoming connections, the security protocols you plan to use should be set up.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist">
+<div class="title">Choices</div>
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p><a href="#adding-ssl-encryption-to-incoming-connection">Add SSL/TLS encryption</a></p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p><a href="#adding-sasl-authentication-to-incoming-connection">Add SASL authentication</a></p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p><a href="#adding-ssl-client-authentication-to-incoming-connection">Add SSL/TLS client authentication</a></p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p><a href="#adding-sasl-payload-encryption-to-incoming-connection">Add SASL payload encryption</a></p>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="adding-ssl-encryption-to-incoming-connection">Adding SSL/TLS Encryption to an Incoming Connection</h5>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>You can configure an incoming connection to accept encrypted connections only. By adding SSL/TLS encryption, to connect to this router, a remote peer must first start an SSL/TLS handshake with the router and be able to validate

<TRUNCATED>

---------------------------------------------------------------------
To unsubscribe, e-mail: commits-unsubscribe@qpid.apache.org
For additional commands, e-mail: commits-help@qpid.apache.org


[2/7] qpid-site git commit: Doc updates for Qpid Dispatch router 1.3.0 release

Posted by gm...@apache.org.
http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/release-notes.md
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/release-notes.md b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/release-notes.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..34d71c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/release-notes.md
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+;;
+;; Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
+;; or more contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file
+;; distributed with this work for additional information
+;; regarding copyright ownership.  The ASF licenses this file
+;; to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
+;; "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+;; with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+;; 
+;;   http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+;; 
+;; Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
+;; software distributed under the License is distributed on an
+;; "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
+;; KIND, either express or implied.  See the License for the
+;; specific language governing permissions and limitations
+;; under the License.
+;;
+
+# Qpid Dispatch 1.3.0 Release Notes
+
+Dispatch is a lightweight AMQP message router library. More about
+[Qpid
+Dispatch]({{site_url}}/components/dispatch-router/index.html).
+
+For more information about this release, including download links and
+documentation, see the [release overview](index.html).
+
+
+## New features and improvements
+
+ - [DISPATCH-977](https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-977) - Document transaction support
+ - [DISPATCH-1054](https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1054) - Add console test to make test
+ - [DISPATCH-1059](https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1059) - Force Overview and Entities tree to be full page height 
+ - [DISPATCH-1064](https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1064) - Doc link route reconnect behavior
+ - [DISPATCH-1065](https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1065) - Doc new router statistics
+ - [DISPATCH-1066](https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1066) - Document capability to restrict TLS and SSL protocol versions used in connections
+ - [DISPATCH-1067](https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1067) - Doc improvements for router policies
+ - [DISPATCH-1070](https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1070) - Use patternfly cards on overview page
+ - [DISPATCH-1075](https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1075) - Dropdown list of routers on the console's Entities page should be sorted
+ - [DISPATCH-1076](https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1076) - Don't concat console's source files into a single file
+
+## Bugs fixed
+
+ - [DISPATCH-322](https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-322) - Graph icon is missing when browser window is narrow
+ - [DISPATCH-993](https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-993) - Test system_tests_topology_disposition fails intermittently
+ - [DISPATCH-1008](https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1008) - Router should preserve original connection information when attempting to make failover connections
+ - [DISPATCH-1061](https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1061) - Clear popups on console's topology page 
+ - [DISPATCH-1062](https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1062) - Link address can be reported incorrectly as mobile+phase-0
+ - [DISPATCH-1063](https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1063) - Receiver unable to receive messages on waypoint address with external-address in two router case
+ - [DISPATCH-1069](https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1069) - memory grows on a long-lived connection when links are opened and closed
+ - [DISPATCH-1071](https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1071) - Switching between traffic visualizations sometimes shows both 
+ - [DISPATCH-1072](https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1072) - Number of clients doesn't always update on topology page
+ - [DISPATCH-1074](https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1074) - Fix mouseover on an address on console's Chord page 
+ - [DISPATCH-1077](https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1077) - Reported rate of message traffic is incorrect on console's 'message traffic' page
+ - [DISPATCH-1078](https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1078) - Tab bar icon changes for topology page
+ - [DISPATCH-1080](https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1080) - system_tests_ssl failing consistently on Travis
+ - [DISPATCH-1083](https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1083) - File console/stand-alone/package-lock.json constantly regenerated
+ - [DISPATCH-1084](https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1084) - The color for new addresses on topology visualizations is incorrect
+ - [DISPATCH-1085](https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1085) - When sender closes connection after sending a large streaming message, receiver gets aborted message
+ - [DISPATCH-1087](https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1087) - qdstat and qdmanage dont run on environments that have only python3
+ - [DISPATCH-1089](https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1089) - Dispatch creates sender autolinks with null source terminus and receiver autolinks with null target terminus
+ - [DISPATCH-1091](https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1091) - name collision with 'builtins' library in python2
+ - [DISPATCH-1092](https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1092) - in some cases qdrouterd crashes due to stale pn_session_t
+ - [DISPATCH-1093](https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1093) - adding connectors dynamically causes extra connections for existing connectors
+ - [DISPATCH-1094](https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1094) - Log file messages out of order according to time stamps
+ - [DISPATCH-1095](https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1095) - Skipped system tests are marked as failed on rhel6 
+ - [DISPATCH-1097](https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1097) - Fix Coverity issue on master branch
\ No newline at end of file

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/01-peer-to-peer.png
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/01-peer-to-peer.png b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/01-peer-to-peer.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5c834aa
Binary files /dev/null and b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/01-peer-to-peer.png differ

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/balanced-routing.png
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/balanced-routing.png b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/balanced-routing.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fedcdbf
Binary files /dev/null and b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/balanced-routing.png differ

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/brokered-messaging.png
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/brokered-messaging.png b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/brokered-messaging.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae129d4
Binary files /dev/null and b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/brokered-messaging.png differ

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/closest-routing.png
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/closest-routing.png b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/closest-routing.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba3f0a5
Binary files /dev/null and b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/closest-routing.png differ

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console1.png
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console1.png b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console1.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f131884
Binary files /dev/null and b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console1.png differ

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_charts.png
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_charts.png b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_charts.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..169c2ca
Binary files /dev/null and b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_charts.png differ

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_entity.png
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_entity.png b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_entity.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..130c7e7
Binary files /dev/null and b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_entity.png differ

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_login.png
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_login.png b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_login.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..63e22c6
Binary files /dev/null and b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_login.png differ

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_overview.png
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_overview.png b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_overview.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..af25f36
Binary files /dev/null and b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_overview.png differ

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_schema.png
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_schema.png b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_schema.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba56c7b
Binary files /dev/null and b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_schema.png differ

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_topology.png
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_topology.png b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_topology.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae4b22a
Binary files /dev/null and b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_topology.png differ

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/link-routing.png
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/link-routing.png b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/link-routing.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0c1b9e4
Binary files /dev/null and b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/link-routing.png differ

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/message-routing.png
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/message-routing.png b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/message-routing.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..42f4638
Binary files /dev/null and b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/message-routing.png differ

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/multicast-routing.png
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/multicast-routing.png b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/multicast-routing.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d4548a6
Binary files /dev/null and b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/multicast-routing.png differ

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/path-redundancy-01.png
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/path-redundancy-01.png b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/path-redundancy-01.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba8f10d
Binary files /dev/null and b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/path-redundancy-01.png differ

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/path-redundancy-02.png
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/path-redundancy-02.png b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/path-redundancy-02.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6d4a1f5
Binary files /dev/null and b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/path-redundancy-02.png differ

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/path-redundancy-temp-decoupling-01.png
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/path-redundancy-temp-decoupling-01.png b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/path-redundancy-temp-decoupling-01.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c3c6631
Binary files /dev/null and b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/path-redundancy-temp-decoupling-01.png differ

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/path-redundancy-temp-decoupling-02.png
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/path-redundancy-temp-decoupling-02.png b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/path-redundancy-temp-decoupling-02.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ecab8b1
Binary files /dev/null and b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/path-redundancy-temp-decoupling-02.png differ

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/sharded-queue-01.png
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/sharded-queue-01.png b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/sharded-queue-01.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab25be0
Binary files /dev/null and b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/sharded-queue-01.png differ

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/sharded-queue-02.png
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/sharded-queue-02.png b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/sharded-queue-02.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e73e6d
Binary files /dev/null and b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/sharded-queue-02.png differ


---------------------------------------------------------------------
To unsubscribe, e-mail: commits-unsubscribe@qpid.apache.org
For additional commands, e-mail: commits-help@qpid.apache.org


[5/7] qpid-site git commit: Doc updates for Qpid Dispatch router 1.3.0 release

Posted by gm...@apache.org.
http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/man/qdstat.html
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/man/qdstat.html b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/man/qdstat.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e3a4cda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/man/qdstat.html
@@ -0,0 +1,940 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html>
+<!--
+ -
+ - Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
+ - or more contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file
+ - distributed with this work for additional information
+ - regarding copyright ownership.  The ASF licenses this file
+ - to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
+ - "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+ - with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ -
+ -   http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ -
+ - Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
+ - software distributed under the License is distributed on an
+ - "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
+ - KIND, either express or implied.  See the License for the
+ - specific language governing permissions and limitations
+ - under the License.
+ -
+-->
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en">
+  <head>
+    <title>SYNOPSIS - Apache Qpid&#8482;</title>
+    <meta http-equiv="X-UA-Compatible" content="IE=edge"/>
+    <meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0"/>
+    <link rel="stylesheet" href="/site.css" type="text/css" async="async"/>
+    <link rel="stylesheet" href="/deferred.css" type="text/css" defer="defer"/>
+    <script type="text/javascript">var _deferredFunctions = [];</script>
+    <script type="text/javascript" src="/deferred.js" defer="defer"></script>
+    <!--[if lte IE 8]>
+      <link rel="stylesheet" href="/ie.css" type="text/css"/>
+      <script type="text/javascript" src="/html5shiv.js"></script>
+    <![endif]-->
+
+    <!-- Redirects for `go get` and godoc.org -->
+    <meta name="go-import"
+          content="qpid.apache.org git https://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-proton.git"/>
+    <meta name="go-source"
+          content="qpid.apache.org
+https://github.com/apache/qpid-proton/blob/go1/README.md
+https://github.com/apache/qpid-proton/tree/go1{/dir}
+https://github.com/apache/qpid-proton/blob/go1{/dir}/{file}#L{line}"/>
+  </head>
+  <body>
+    <div id="-content">
+      <div id="-top" class="panel">
+        <a id="-menu-link"><img width="16" height="16" src="" alt="Menu"/></a>
+
+        <a id="-search-link"><img width="22" height="16" src="" alt="Search"/></a>
+
+        <ul id="-global-navigation">
+          <li><a id="-logotype" href="/index.html">Apache Qpid<sup>&#8482;</sup></a></li>
+          <li><a href="/documentation.html">Documentation</a></li>
+          <li><a href="/download.html">Download</a></li>
+          <li><a href="/discussion.html">Discussion</a></li>
+        </ul>
+      </div>
+
+      <div id="-menu" class="panel" style="display: none;">
+        <div class="flex">
+          <section>
+            <h3>Project</h3>
+
+            <ul>
+              <li><a href="/overview.html">Overview</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/components/index.html">Components</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/releases/index.html">Releases</a></li>
+            </ul>
+          </section>
+
+          <section>
+            <h3>Messaging APIs</h3>
+
+            <ul>
+              <li><a href="/proton/index.html">Qpid Proton</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/components/jms/index.html">Qpid JMS</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/components/messaging-api/index.html">Qpid Messaging API</a></li>
+            </ul>
+          </section>
+
+          <section>
+            <h3>Servers and tools</h3>
+
+            <ul>
+              <li><a href="/components/broker-j/index.html">Broker-J</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/components/cpp-broker/index.html">C++ broker</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/components/dispatch-router/index.html">Dispatch router</a></li>
+            </ul>
+          </section>
+
+          <section>
+            <h3>Resources</h3>
+
+            <ul>
+              <li><a href="/dashboard.html">Dashboard</a></li>
+              <li><a href="https://cwiki.apache.org/confluence/display/qpid/Index">Wiki</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/resources.html">More resources</a></li>
+            </ul>
+          </section>
+        </div>
+      </div>
+
+      <div id="-search" class="panel" style="display: none;">
+        <form action="http://www.google.com/search" method="get">
+          <input type="hidden" name="sitesearch" value="qpid.apache.org"/>
+          <input type="text" name="q" maxlength="255" autofocus="autofocus" tabindex="1"/>
+          <button type="submit">Search</button>
+          <a href="/search.html">More ways to search</a>
+        </form>
+      </div>
+
+      <div id="-middle" class="panel">
+        <ul id="-path-navigation"><li><a href="/index.html">Home</a></li><li><a href="/releases/index.html">Releases</a></li><li><a href="/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/index.html">Qpid Dispatch 1.3.0</a></li><li>SYNOPSIS</li></ul>
+
+        <div id="-middle-content">
+          <div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_synopsis">SYNOPSIS</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>qdstat</strong> [<em>OPTIONS</em>]</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_description">DESCRIPTION</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>An AMQP monitoring tool that shows status information about networks of Dispatch routers. It can display connections, network nodes and links, and router stats such as memory use.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_options">OPTIONS</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>-h, --help
+:   show this help message and exit</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--version
+:   Print version and exit.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>-g, --general
+:   Show General Router Stats</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>-c, --connections
+:   Show Connections</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>-l, --links
+:   Show Router Links</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>-n, --nodes
+:   Show Router Nodes</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>-a, --address
+:   Show Router Addresses</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>-m, --memory
+:   Show Router Memory Stats</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--autolinks
+:   Show Auto Links</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--linkroutes
+:   Show Link Routes</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>-v, --verbose
+:   Show maximum detail</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--log
+:   Show recent log entries</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--limit=LIMIT
+:   Limit number of output rows</p></div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_connection_options">Connection Options</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>-b URL, --bus=URL
+:   URL of the messaging bus to connect to (default</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>-r ROUTER-ID, --router=ROUTER-ID
+:   Router to be queried</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>-t SECS, --timeout=SECS
+:   Maximum time to wait for connection in seconds (default 5)</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--ssl-certificate=CERT
+:   Client SSL certificate (PEM Format)</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--ssl-key=KEY
+:   Client SSL private key (PEM Format)</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--ssl-trustfile=TRUSTED-CA-DB
+:   Trusted Certificate Authority Database file (PEM Format)</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--ssl-password=PASSWORD
+:   Certificate password, will be prompted if not specifed.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--ssl-password-file=SSL-PASSWORD-FILE
+:   Certificate password, will be prompted if not specifed.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--sasl-mechanisms=SASL-MECHANISMS
+:   Allowed sasl mechanisms to be supplied during the sasl handshake.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--sasl-username=SASL-USERNAME
+:   User name for SASL plain authentication</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--sasl-password=SASL-PASSWORD
+:   Password for SASL plain authentication</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--sasl-password-file=SASL-PASSWORD-FILE
+:   Password for SASL plain authentication</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--ssl-disable-peer-name-verify
+:   Disables SSL peer name verification. WARNING - This option is insecure and must not be used in production environments</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_output_columns">OUTPUT COLUMNS</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_qdstat_c">qdstat -c</h3>
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+id
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The connection&#8217;s unique identifier.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+host
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The hostname or internet address of the remotely-connected AMQP container.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+container
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The container name of the remotely-connected AMQP container.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+role
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The connection&#8217;s role:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>normal</em> - The normal connection from a client to a router.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>inter-router</em> - The connection between routers to form a network.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>route-container</em> - The connection to or from a broker or other host to receive link routes and waypoints.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+dir
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The direction in which the connection was established:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>in</em> - The connection was initiated by the remote container.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>out</em> - The connection was initiated by this router.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+security
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The security or encryption method, if any, used for this connection.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+authentication
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The authentication method and user ID of the connection&#8217;s authenticated user.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_qdstat_l">qdstat -l</h3>
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+type
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The type of link:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>router-control</em> - An inter-router link that is reserved for control messages exchanged between routers.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>inter-router</em> - An inter-router link that is used for normal message-routed deliveries.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>endpoint</em> - A normal link to an external endpoint container.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+dir
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The direction that messages flow on the link:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>in</em> - Deliveries flow inbound to the router.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>out</em> - Deliveries flow outbound from the router.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+conn id
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The unique identifier of the connection over which this link is
+attached.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+id
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The unique identifier of this link.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+peer
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+For link-routed links, the unique identifier of the peer link. In
+link routing, an inbound link is paired with an outbound link.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+class
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The class of the address bound to the link:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>local</em> - The address that is local to this router (temporary).
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>topo</em> - A topological address used for router control messages.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>router</em> - A summary router address used to route messages to a remote router’s local addresses.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>mobile</em> - A mobile address for an attached consumer or producer.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>link-in</em> - The address match for incoming routed links.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>link-out</em> - The address match for outgoing routed links.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+addr
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The address bound to the link.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+phs
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The phase of the address bound to the link.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+cap
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The capacity, in deliveries, of the link.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+undel
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The number of undelivered messages stored on the link&#8217;s FIFO.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+unsett
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The number of unsettled deliveries being tracked by the link.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+del
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The total number of deliveries that have transited this link.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+presett
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The number of pre-settled deliveries that transited this link.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+psdrop
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The number of pre-settled deliveries that were dropped due to congestion.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+acc
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The number of deliveries on this link that were accepted.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+rej
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The number of deliveries on this link that were rejected.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+rel
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The number of deliveries on this link that were released.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+mod
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The number of deliveries on this link that were modified.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+admin
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The administrative status of the link:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>enabled</em> - The link is enabled for normal operation.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>disabled</em> - The link is disabled and should be quiescing or stopped (not yet supported).
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+oper
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The operational status of the link:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>up</em> - The link is operational.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>down</em> - The link is not attached.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>quiescing</em> - The link is in the process of quiescing (not yet supported).
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>idle</em> - The link has completed quiescing and is idle (not yet supported).
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+name
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The link name (only shown if the -v option is provided).
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_qdstat_n">qdstat -n</h4>
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+router-id
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The router&#8217;s ID.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+next-hop
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+If this router is not a neighbor, this field identifies the next-hop neighbor used to reach this router.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+link
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The ID of the link to the neighbor router.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+cost
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The topology cost to this remote router (with -v option only).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+neighbors
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The list of neighbor routers (the router&#8217;s link-state). This field is available only if you specify the -v option.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+valid-origins
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The list of origin routers for which the best path to the listed router passes through this router (available only with the -v option).
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_qdstat_a">qdstat -a</h3>
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+class
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The class of the address:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>local</em> - The address that is local to this router.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>topo</em> - The topological address used for router control messages.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>router</em> - A summary router address used to route messages to a remote router&#8217;s local addresses.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>mobile</em> - A mobile address for an attached consumer or producer.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+addr
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The address text.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+phs
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+For mobile addresses only, the phase of the address. Direct addresses have only a phase 0. Waypoint addresses have multiple phases, normally 0 and 1.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+distrib
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+One of the following distribution methods used for this address:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>multicast</em> - A copy of each message is delivered once to each consumer for the address.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>closest</em> - Each message is delivered to only one consumer for the address. The closest (lowest cost) consumer will be chosen. If there are multiple lowest-cost consumers, deliveries will be spread across those consumers.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>balanced</em> - Each message is delivered to only one consumer for the address. The consumer with the fewest outstanding (unsettled) deliveries will be chosen. The cost of the route to the consumer is a threshold for delivery (that is, higher cost consumers will only receive deliveries if closer consumers are backed up).
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>flood</em> - Used only for router-control traffic. This is multicast without the prevention of duplicate deliveries.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+in-proc
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The number of in-process consumers for this address.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+local
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+For this router, the number of local consumers for this address.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+remote
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The number of remote routers that have at least one consumer for this address.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+cntnr
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The number of locally-attached containers that are destinations for link routes on this address.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+in
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The number of deliveries for this address that entered the network on this router.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+out
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The number of deliveries for this address that exited the network on this router.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+thru
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The number of deliveries for this address that were forwarded to other routers.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+to-proc
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The number of deliveries for this address that were delivered to an in-process consumer.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+from-proc
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The number of deliveries for this address that were received from an in-process producer.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_qdstat_linkroutes">qdstat --linkroutes</h3>
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+prefix
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The address prefix of the link route.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+dir
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The direction of matching links (from this router&#8217;s perspective).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+distrib
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The distribution method used for routed links. This value should always be <em>linkBalanced</em>, which is the only supported distribution for routed links.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+status
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The operational status of the link route:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>active</em> - The route is actively routing attaches (it is ready for use).
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>inactive</em> - The route is inactive, because no local destination is connected.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_qstat_autolinks">qstat --autolinks</h3>
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+addr
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The auto link&#8217;s address.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+dir
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The direction that messages flow over the auto link:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>in</em> - Messages flow in from the route-container to the router network.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>out</em> - Messages flow out to the route-container from the router network.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+phs
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The address phase for this auto link.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+link
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The ID of the link managed by this auto link.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+status
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The operational status of this auto link:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>inactive</em> - There is no connected container for this auto link.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>attaching</em> - The link is attaching to the container.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>failed</em> - The link-attach failed.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>active</em> - The link is operational.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>quiescing</em> - The link is quiescing (not yet supported).
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>idle</em> - The link is idle (not yet supported).
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+lastErr
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The description of the last attach failure that occurred on this auto link.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_see_also">SEE ALSO</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>qdrouterd(8)</em>, <em>qdmanage(8)</em>, <em>qdrouterd.conf(5)</em></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="http://qpid.apache.org/components/dispatch-router">http://qpid.apache.org/components/dispatch-router</a></p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+
+          <hr/>
+
+          <ul id="-apache-navigation">
+            <li><a href="http://www.apache.org/">Apache</a></li>
+            <li><a href="http://www.apache.org/licenses/">License</a></li>
+            <li><a href="http://www.apache.org/foundation/sponsorship.html">Sponsorship</a></li>
+            <li><a href="http://www.apache.org/foundation/thanks.html">Thanks!</a></li>
+            <li><a href="/security.html">Security</a></li>
+            <li><a href="http://www.apache.org/"><img id="-apache-feather" width="48" height="14" src="" alt="Apache"/></a></li>
+          </ul>
+
+          <p id="-legal">
+            Apache Qpid, Messaging built on AMQP; Copyright &#169; 2015
+            The Apache Software Foundation; Licensed under
+            the <a href="http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0">Apache
+            License, Version 2.0</a>; Apache Qpid, Qpid, Qpid Proton,
+            Proton, Apache, the Apache feather logo, and the Apache Qpid
+            project logo are trademarks of The Apache Software
+            Foundation; All other marks mentioned may be trademarks or
+            registered trademarks of their respective owners
+          </p>
+        </div>
+      </div>
+    </div>
+  </body>
+</html>

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/release-notes.html
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/release-notes.html b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/release-notes.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb898b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/release-notes.html
@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html>
+<!--
+ -
+ - Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
+ - or more contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file
+ - distributed with this work for additional information
+ - regarding copyright ownership.  The ASF licenses this file
+ - to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
+ - "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+ - with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ -
+ -   http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ -
+ - Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
+ - software distributed under the License is distributed on an
+ - "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
+ - KIND, either express or implied.  See the License for the
+ - specific language governing permissions and limitations
+ - under the License.
+ -
+-->
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en">
+  <head>
+    <title>Qpid Dispatch 1.3.0 Release Notes - Apache Qpid&#8482;</title>
+    <meta http-equiv="X-UA-Compatible" content="IE=edge"/>
+    <meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0"/>
+    <link rel="stylesheet" href="/site.css" type="text/css" async="async"/>
+    <link rel="stylesheet" href="/deferred.css" type="text/css" defer="defer"/>
+    <script type="text/javascript">var _deferredFunctions = [];</script>
+    <script type="text/javascript" src="/deferred.js" defer="defer"></script>
+    <!--[if lte IE 8]>
+      <link rel="stylesheet" href="/ie.css" type="text/css"/>
+      <script type="text/javascript" src="/html5shiv.js"></script>
+    <![endif]-->
+
+    <!-- Redirects for `go get` and godoc.org -->
+    <meta name="go-import"
+          content="qpid.apache.org git https://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-proton.git"/>
+    <meta name="go-source"
+          content="qpid.apache.org
+https://github.com/apache/qpid-proton/blob/go1/README.md
+https://github.com/apache/qpid-proton/tree/go1{/dir}
+https://github.com/apache/qpid-proton/blob/go1{/dir}/{file}#L{line}"/>
+  </head>
+  <body>
+    <div id="-content">
+      <div id="-top" class="panel">
+        <a id="-menu-link"><img width="16" height="16" src="" alt="Menu"/></a>
+
+        <a id="-search-link"><img width="22" height="16" src="" alt="Search"/></a>
+
+        <ul id="-global-navigation">
+          <li><a id="-logotype" href="/index.html">Apache Qpid<sup>&#8482;</sup></a></li>
+          <li><a href="/documentation.html">Documentation</a></li>
+          <li><a href="/download.html">Download</a></li>
+          <li><a href="/discussion.html">Discussion</a></li>
+        </ul>
+      </div>
+
+      <div id="-menu" class="panel" style="display: none;">
+        <div class="flex">
+          <section>
+            <h3>Project</h3>
+
+            <ul>
+              <li><a href="/overview.html">Overview</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/components/index.html">Components</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/releases/index.html">Releases</a></li>
+            </ul>
+          </section>
+
+          <section>
+            <h3>Messaging APIs</h3>
+
+            <ul>
+              <li><a href="/proton/index.html">Qpid Proton</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/components/jms/index.html">Qpid JMS</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/components/messaging-api/index.html">Qpid Messaging API</a></li>
+            </ul>
+          </section>
+
+          <section>
+            <h3>Servers and tools</h3>
+
+            <ul>
+              <li><a href="/components/broker-j/index.html">Broker-J</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/components/cpp-broker/index.html">C++ broker</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/components/dispatch-router/index.html">Dispatch router</a></li>
+            </ul>
+          </section>
+
+          <section>
+            <h3>Resources</h3>
+
+            <ul>
+              <li><a href="/dashboard.html">Dashboard</a></li>
+              <li><a href="https://cwiki.apache.org/confluence/display/qpid/Index">Wiki</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/resources.html">More resources</a></li>
+            </ul>
+          </section>
+        </div>
+      </div>
+
+      <div id="-search" class="panel" style="display: none;">
+        <form action="http://www.google.com/search" method="get">
+          <input type="hidden" name="sitesearch" value="qpid.apache.org"/>
+          <input type="text" name="q" maxlength="255" autofocus="autofocus" tabindex="1"/>
+          <button type="submit">Search</button>
+          <a href="/search.html">More ways to search</a>
+        </form>
+      </div>
+
+      <div id="-middle" class="panel">
+        <ul id="-path-navigation"><li><a href="/index.html">Home</a></li><li><a href="/releases/index.html">Releases</a></li><li><a href="/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/index.html">Qpid Dispatch 1.3.0</a></li><li>Qpid Dispatch 1.3.0 Release Notes</li></ul>
+
+        <div id="-middle-content">
+          <h1 id="qpid-dispatch-130-release-notes">Qpid Dispatch 1.3.0 Release Notes</h1>
+
+<p>Dispatch is a lightweight AMQP message router library. More about
+<a href="/components/dispatch-router/index.html">Qpid
+Dispatch</a>.</p>
+
+<p>For more information about this release, including download links and
+documentation, see the <a href="index.html">release overview</a>.</p>
+
+<h2 id="new-features-and-improvements">New features and improvements</h2>
+
+<ul>
+<li><a href="https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-977">DISPATCH-977</a> - Document transaction support</li>
+<li><a href="https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1054">DISPATCH-1054</a> - Add console test to make test</li>
+<li><a href="https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1059">DISPATCH-1059</a> - Force Overview and Entities tree to be full page height </li>
+<li><a href="https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1064">DISPATCH-1064</a> - Doc link route reconnect behavior</li>
+<li><a href="https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1065">DISPATCH-1065</a> - Doc new router statistics</li>
+<li><a href="https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1066">DISPATCH-1066</a> - Document capability to restrict TLS and SSL protocol versions used in connections</li>
+<li><a href="https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1067">DISPATCH-1067</a> - Doc improvements for router policies</li>
+<li><a href="https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1070">DISPATCH-1070</a> - Use patternfly cards on overview page</li>
+<li><a href="https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1075">DISPATCH-1075</a> - Dropdown list of routers on the console's Entities page should be sorted</li>
+<li><a href="https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1076">DISPATCH-1076</a> - Don't concat console's source files into a single file</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="bugs-fixed">Bugs fixed</h2>
+
+<ul>
+<li><a href="https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-322">DISPATCH-322</a> - Graph icon is missing when browser window is narrow</li>
+<li><a href="https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-993">DISPATCH-993</a> - Test system_tests_topology_disposition fails intermittently</li>
+<li><a href="https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1008">DISPATCH-1008</a> - Router should preserve original connection information when attempting to make failover connections</li>
+<li><a href="https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1061">DISPATCH-1061</a> - Clear popups on console's topology page </li>
+<li><a href="https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1062">DISPATCH-1062</a> - Link address can be reported incorrectly as mobile+phase-0</li>
+<li><a href="https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1063">DISPATCH-1063</a> - Receiver unable to receive messages on waypoint address with external-address in two router case</li>
+<li><a href="https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1069">DISPATCH-1069</a> - memory grows on a long-lived connection when links are opened and closed</li>
+<li><a href="https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1071">DISPATCH-1071</a> - Switching between traffic visualizations sometimes shows both </li>
+<li><a href="https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1072">DISPATCH-1072</a> - Number of clients doesn't always update on topology page</li>
+<li><a href="https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1074">DISPATCH-1074</a> - Fix mouseover on an address on console's Chord page </li>
+<li><a href="https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1077">DISPATCH-1077</a> - Reported rate of message traffic is incorrect on console's 'message traffic' page</li>
+<li><a href="https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1078">DISPATCH-1078</a> - Tab bar icon changes for topology page</li>
+<li><a href="https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1080">DISPATCH-1080</a> - system_tests_ssl failing consistently on Travis</li>
+<li><a href="https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1083">DISPATCH-1083</a> - File console/stand-alone/package-lock.json constantly regenerated</li>
+<li><a href="https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1084">DISPATCH-1084</a> - The color for new addresses on topology visualizations is incorrect</li>
+<li><a href="https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1085">DISPATCH-1085</a> - When sender closes connection after sending a large streaming message, receiver gets aborted message</li>
+<li><a href="https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1087">DISPATCH-1087</a> - qdstat and qdmanage dont run on environments that have only python3</li>
+<li><a href="https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1089">DISPATCH-1089</a> - Dispatch creates sender autolinks with null source terminus and receiver autolinks with null target terminus</li>
+<li><a href="https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1091">DISPATCH-1091</a> - name collision with 'builtins' library in python2</li>
+<li><a href="https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1092">DISPATCH-1092</a> - in some cases qdrouterd crashes due to stale pn_session_t</li>
+<li><a href="https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1093">DISPATCH-1093</a> - adding connectors dynamically causes extra connections for existing connectors</li>
+<li><a href="https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1094">DISPATCH-1094</a> - Log file messages out of order according to time stamps</li>
+<li><a href="https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1095">DISPATCH-1095</a> - Skipped system tests are marked as failed on rhel6 </li>
+<li><a href="https://issues.apache.org/jira/browse/DISPATCH-1097">DISPATCH-1097</a> - Fix Coverity issue on master branch</li>
+</ul>
+
+
+          <hr/>
+
+          <ul id="-apache-navigation">
+            <li><a href="http://www.apache.org/">Apache</a></li>
+            <li><a href="http://www.apache.org/licenses/">License</a></li>
+            <li><a href="http://www.apache.org/foundation/sponsorship.html">Sponsorship</a></li>
+            <li><a href="http://www.apache.org/foundation/thanks.html">Thanks!</a></li>
+            <li><a href="/security.html">Security</a></li>
+            <li><a href="http://www.apache.org/"><img id="-apache-feather" width="48" height="14" src="" alt="Apache"/></a></li>
+          </ul>
+
+          <p id="-legal">
+            Apache Qpid, Messaging built on AMQP; Copyright &#169; 2015
+            The Apache Software Foundation; Licensed under
+            the <a href="http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0">Apache
+            License, Version 2.0</a>; Apache Qpid, Qpid, Qpid Proton,
+            Proton, Apache, the Apache feather logo, and the Apache Qpid
+            project logo are trademarks of The Apache Software
+            Foundation; All other marks mentioned may be trademarks or
+            registered trademarks of their respective owners
+          </p>
+        </div>
+      </div>
+    </div>
+  </body>
+</html>

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/01-peer-to-peer.png
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/01-peer-to-peer.png b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/01-peer-to-peer.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..5c834aa
Binary files /dev/null and b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/01-peer-to-peer.png differ

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/balanced-routing.png
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/balanced-routing.png b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/balanced-routing.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..fedcdbf
Binary files /dev/null and b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/balanced-routing.png differ

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/brokered-messaging.png
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/brokered-messaging.png b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/brokered-messaging.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..ae129d4
Binary files /dev/null and b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/brokered-messaging.png differ

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/closest-routing.png
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/closest-routing.png b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/closest-routing.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..ba3f0a5
Binary files /dev/null and b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/closest-routing.png differ

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console1.png
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console1.png b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console1.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..f131884
Binary files /dev/null and b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console1.png differ

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_charts.png
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_charts.png b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_charts.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..169c2ca
Binary files /dev/null and b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_charts.png differ

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_entity.png
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_entity.png b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_entity.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..130c7e7
Binary files /dev/null and b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_entity.png differ

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_login.png
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_login.png b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_login.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..63e22c6
Binary files /dev/null and b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_login.png differ

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_overview.png
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_overview.png b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_overview.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..af25f36
Binary files /dev/null and b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_overview.png differ

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_schema.png
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_schema.png b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_schema.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..ba56c7b
Binary files /dev/null and b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_schema.png differ

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_topology.png
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_topology.png b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_topology.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..ae4b22a
Binary files /dev/null and b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/console_topology.png differ

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/link-routing.png
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/link-routing.png b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/link-routing.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..0c1b9e4
Binary files /dev/null and b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/link-routing.png differ

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/message-routing.png
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/message-routing.png b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/message-routing.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..42f4638
Binary files /dev/null and b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/message-routing.png differ

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/multicast-routing.png
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/multicast-routing.png b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/multicast-routing.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..d4548a6
Binary files /dev/null and b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/multicast-routing.png differ

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/path-redundancy-01.png
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/path-redundancy-01.png b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/path-redundancy-01.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..ba8f10d
Binary files /dev/null and b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/path-redundancy-01.png differ

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/path-redundancy-02.png
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/path-redundancy-02.png b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/path-redundancy-02.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..6d4a1f5
Binary files /dev/null and b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/path-redundancy-02.png differ

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/path-redundancy-temp-decoupling-01.png
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/path-redundancy-temp-decoupling-01.png b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/path-redundancy-temp-decoupling-01.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..c3c6631
Binary files /dev/null and b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/path-redundancy-temp-decoupling-01.png differ

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/path-redundancy-temp-decoupling-02.png
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/path-redundancy-temp-decoupling-02.png b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/path-redundancy-temp-decoupling-02.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..ecab8b1
Binary files /dev/null and b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/path-redundancy-temp-decoupling-02.png differ

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/sharded-queue-01.png
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/sharded-queue-01.png b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/sharded-queue-01.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..ab25be0
Binary files /dev/null and b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/sharded-queue-01.png differ

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/sharded-queue-02.png
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/sharded-queue-02.png b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/sharded-queue-02.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..7e73e6d
Binary files /dev/null and b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/images/sharded-queue-02.png differ


---------------------------------------------------------------------
To unsubscribe, e-mail: commits-unsubscribe@qpid.apache.org
For additional commands, e-mail: commits-help@qpid.apache.org


[6/7] qpid-site git commit: Doc updates for Qpid Dispatch router 1.3.0 release

Posted by gm...@apache.org.
http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/man/qdrouterd.conf.html
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/man/qdrouterd.conf.html b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/man/qdrouterd.conf.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9c61d42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/man/qdrouterd.conf.html
@@ -0,0 +1,1568 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html>
+<!--
+ -
+ - Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
+ - or more contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file
+ - distributed with this work for additional information
+ - regarding copyright ownership.  The ASF licenses this file
+ - to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
+ - "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+ - with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ -
+ -   http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ -
+ - Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
+ - software distributed under the License is distributed on an
+ - "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
+ - KIND, either express or implied.  See the License for the
+ - specific language governing permissions and limitations
+ - under the License.
+ -
+-->
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en">
+  <head>
+    <title>SYNOPSIS - Apache Qpid&#8482;</title>
+    <meta http-equiv="X-UA-Compatible" content="IE=edge"/>
+    <meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0"/>
+    <link rel="stylesheet" href="/site.css" type="text/css" async="async"/>
+    <link rel="stylesheet" href="/deferred.css" type="text/css" defer="defer"/>
+    <script type="text/javascript">var _deferredFunctions = [];</script>
+    <script type="text/javascript" src="/deferred.js" defer="defer"></script>
+    <!--[if lte IE 8]>
+      <link rel="stylesheet" href="/ie.css" type="text/css"/>
+      <script type="text/javascript" src="/html5shiv.js"></script>
+    <![endif]-->
+
+    <!-- Redirects for `go get` and godoc.org -->
+    <meta name="go-import"
+          content="qpid.apache.org git https://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-proton.git"/>
+    <meta name="go-source"
+          content="qpid.apache.org
+https://github.com/apache/qpid-proton/blob/go1/README.md
+https://github.com/apache/qpid-proton/tree/go1{/dir}
+https://github.com/apache/qpid-proton/blob/go1{/dir}/{file}#L{line}"/>
+  </head>
+  <body>
+    <div id="-content">
+      <div id="-top" class="panel">
+        <a id="-menu-link"><img width="16" height="16" src="" alt="Menu"/></a>
+
+        <a id="-search-link"><img width="22" height="16" src="" alt="Search"/></a>
+
+        <ul id="-global-navigation">
+          <li><a id="-logotype" href="/index.html">Apache Qpid<sup>&#8482;</sup></a></li>
+          <li><a href="/documentation.html">Documentation</a></li>
+          <li><a href="/download.html">Download</a></li>
+          <li><a href="/discussion.html">Discussion</a></li>
+        </ul>
+      </div>
+
+      <div id="-menu" class="panel" style="display: none;">
+        <div class="flex">
+          <section>
+            <h3>Project</h3>
+
+            <ul>
+              <li><a href="/overview.html">Overview</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/components/index.html">Components</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/releases/index.html">Releases</a></li>
+            </ul>
+          </section>
+
+          <section>
+            <h3>Messaging APIs</h3>
+
+            <ul>
+              <li><a href="/proton/index.html">Qpid Proton</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/components/jms/index.html">Qpid JMS</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/components/messaging-api/index.html">Qpid Messaging API</a></li>
+            </ul>
+          </section>
+
+          <section>
+            <h3>Servers and tools</h3>
+
+            <ul>
+              <li><a href="/components/broker-j/index.html">Broker-J</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/components/cpp-broker/index.html">C++ broker</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/components/dispatch-router/index.html">Dispatch router</a></li>
+            </ul>
+          </section>
+
+          <section>
+            <h3>Resources</h3>
+
+            <ul>
+              <li><a href="/dashboard.html">Dashboard</a></li>
+              <li><a href="https://cwiki.apache.org/confluence/display/qpid/Index">Wiki</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/resources.html">More resources</a></li>
+            </ul>
+          </section>
+        </div>
+      </div>
+
+      <div id="-search" class="panel" style="display: none;">
+        <form action="http://www.google.com/search" method="get">
+          <input type="hidden" name="sitesearch" value="qpid.apache.org"/>
+          <input type="text" name="q" maxlength="255" autofocus="autofocus" tabindex="1"/>
+          <button type="submit">Search</button>
+          <a href="/search.html">More ways to search</a>
+        </form>
+      </div>
+
+      <div id="-middle" class="panel">
+        <ul id="-path-navigation"><li><a href="/index.html">Home</a></li><li><a href="/releases/index.html">Releases</a></li><li><a href="/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/index.html">Qpid Dispatch 1.3.0</a></li><li>SYNOPSIS</li></ul>
+
+        <div id="-middle-content">
+          <div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_synopsis">SYNOPSIS</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Provides the initial configuration when <em>qdrouterd(8)</em> starts. The configuration
+of a running router can be modified using <em>qdmanage(8)</em>.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_description">DESCRIPTION</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The configuration file is made up of sections with this syntax:</p></div>
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>sectionName {
+    attributeName: attributeValue
+    attributeName: attributeValue
+    ...
+}</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>For example you can define a router using the <em>router</em> section</p></div>
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>router {
+    mode: standalone
+    id: Router.A
+    ...
+}</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>or define a listener using the <em>listener</em> section</p></div>
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>listener {
+    host: 0.0.0.0
+    port: 20102
+    saslMechanisms: ANONYMOUS
+    ...
+}</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>or define a connector using the <em>connector</em> section</p></div>
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>connector {
+    role: inter-router
+    host: 0.0.0.0
+    port: 20003
+    saslMechanisms: ANONYMOUS
+    ...
+}</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>An <em>sslProfile</em> section with SSL credentials can be included in multiple <em>listener</em> or <em>connector</em> entities. Here&#8217;s an example, note
+how the <em>sslProfile</em> attribute of <em>listener</em> sections references the <em>name</em>
+attribute of <em>sslProfile</em> sections.</p></div>
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>sslProfile {
+    name: my-ssl
+    caCertFile: ca-certificate-1.pem
+    certFile: server-certificate-1.pem
+    privateKeyFile: server-private-key.pem
+}
+
+listener {
+    sslProfile: my-ssl
+    host: 0.0.0.0
+    port: 20102
+    saslMechanisms: ANONYMOUS
+}</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_configuration_sections">Configuration Sections</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_router">router</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Tracks peer routers and computes routes to destinations. This entity is mandatory. The router will not start without this entity.</p></div>
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>id</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Router&#8217;s unique identity. The router will fail to start without id.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>mode</em> (One of [<em>standalone</em>, <em>interior</em>], default=<em>standalone</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  In standalone mode, the router operates as a single component.  It does not participate in the routing protocol and therefore will not cooperate with other routers. In interior mode, the router operates in cooperation with other interior routers in an interconnected network.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>helloIntervalSeconds</em> (integer, default=<em>1</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Interval in seconds between HELLO messages sent to neighbor routers.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>helloMaxAgeSeconds</em> (integer, default=<em>3</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Time in seconds after which a neighbor is declared lost if no HELLO is received.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>raIntervalSeconds</em> (integer, default=<em>30</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Interval in seconds between Router-Advertisements sent to all routers in a stable network.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>raIntervalFluxSeconds</em> (integer, default=<em>4</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Interval in seconds between Router-Advertisements sent to all routers during topology fluctuations.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>remoteLsMaxAgeSeconds</em> (integer, default=<em>60</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Time in seconds after which link state is declared stale if no RA is received.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>workerThreads</em> (integer, default=<em>4</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The number of threads that will be created to process message traffic and other application work (timers, non-amqp file descriptors, etc.) .
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>debugDumpFile</em> (path)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The absolute path to the location for the debug dump file. The router writes debug-level information to this file if the logger is not available.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>saslConfigDir</em> (path)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Absolute path to the SASL configuration file.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>saslConfigName</em> (string, default=<em>qdrouterd</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Name of the SASL configuration.  This string + <em>.conf</em> is the name of the configuration file.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>allowResumableLinkRoute</em> (boolean, default=<em>True</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Whether links can be routed where timeout is non-zero or expiry-policy is not link-detach
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>allowUnsettledMulticast</em> (boolean)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) If true, allow senders to send unsettled deliveries to multicast addresses.  These deliveries shall be settled by the ingress router.  If false, unsettled deliveries to multicast addresses shall be rejected.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>defaultDistribution</em> (One of [<em>multicast</em>, <em>closest</em>, <em>balanced</em>, <em>unavailable</em>], default=<em>balanced</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Default forwarding treatment for any address without a specified treatment. multicast - one copy of each message delivered to all subscribers; closest - messages delivered to only the closest subscriber; balanced - messages delivered to one subscriber with load balanced across subscribers; unavailable - this address is unavailable, link attaches to an address of unavilable distribution will be rejected.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>helloInterval</em> (integer, default=<em>1</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) Interval in seconds between HELLO messages sent to neighbor routers. This attribute has been deprecated. Use helloIntervalSeconds instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>helloMaxAge</em> (integer, default=<em>3</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) Time in seconds after which a neighbor is declared lost if no HELLO is received. This attribute has been deprecated. Use helloMaxAgeSeconds instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>raInterval</em> (integer, default=<em>30</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) Interval in seconds between Router-Advertisements sent to all routers in a stable network. This attribute has been deprecated. Use raIntervalSeconds instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>raIntervalFlux</em> (integer, default=<em>4</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) Interval in seconds between Router-Advertisements sent to all routers during topology fluctuations. This attribute has been deprecated. Use raIntervalFluxSeconds instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>remoteLsMaxAge</em> (integer, default=<em>60</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) Time in seconds after which link state is declared stale if no RA is received. This attribute has been deprecated. Use remoteLsMaxAgeSeconds instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>debugDump</em> (path)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) The absolute path to the location for the debug dump file. The router writes debug-level information to this file if the logger is not available. This attribute has been deprecated. Use debugDumpFile instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>saslConfigPath</em> (path)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) Absolute path to the SASL configuration file. This attribute has been deprecated. Use saslConfigDir instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_sslprofile">sslProfile</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Attributes for setting TLS/SSL configuration for connections.</p></div>
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>ciphers</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Specifies the enabled ciphers so the SSL Ciphers can be hardened. In other words, use this field to disable weak ciphers. The ciphers are specified in the format understood by the OpenSSL library. For example, ciphers can be set to ALL:!aNULL:!EXPORT56:RC4+RSA:+HIGH:+MEDIUM:+LOW:+SSLv2:+EXP;&#8201;&#8212;&#8201;The full list of allowed ciphers can be viewed using the openssl ciphers command
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>protocols</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The TLS protocols that this sslProfile can use. You can specify a list of one or more of TLSv1, TLSv1.1, or TLSv1.2. To specify multiple protocols, separate the protocols with a space. For example, to permit the sslProfile to use TLS v1.1 and TLS v1.2 only, you would set the value to TLSv1.1 TLSv1.2. If you do not specify a value, the sslProfile uses the TLS protocol specified by the system-wide configuration.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>caCertFile</em> (path)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The absolute path to the database that contains the public certificates of trusted certificate authorities (CA).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>certFile</em> (path)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The absolute path to the file containing the PEM-formatted public certificate to be used on the local end of any connections using this profile.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>privateKeyFile</em> (path)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The absolute path to the file containing the PEM-formatted private key for the above certificate.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>passwordFile</em> (path)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  If the above private key is password protected, this is the absolute path to a file containing the password that unlocks the certificate key. This file should be permission protected to limit access
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>password</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) An alternative to storing the password in a file referenced by passwordFile is to supply the password right here in the configuration file.  This takes precedence over the passwordFile if both are specified. This attribute has been deprecated because it is unsafe to store plain text passwords in config files. Use the passwordFile instead
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>uidFormat</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  A list of x509 client certificate fields that will be used to build a string that will uniquely identify the client certificate owner. For e.g. a value of <em>cou</em> indicates that the uid will consist of c - common name concatenated with o - organization-company name concatenated with u - organization unit; or a value of <em>o2</em> indicates that the uid will consist of o (organization name) concatenated with 2 (the sha256 fingerprint of the entire certificate) . Allowed values can be any combination of <em>c</em>( ISO3166 two character country code), <em>s</em>(state or province), <em>l</em>(Locality; generally - city), <em>o</em>(Organization - Company Name), <em>u</em>(Organization Unit - typically certificate type or brand), <em>n</em>(CommonName - typically a user name for client certificates) and <em>1</em>(sha1 certificate fingerprint, as displayed in the fingerprints section when looking at a certificate with say a web browser is the hash of the entire certificate) and
  2 (sha256 certificate fingerprint) and 5 (sha512 certificate fingerprint). The user identifier (uid) that is generated based on the uidFormat is a string which has a semi-colon as a separator between the components
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>uidNameMappingFile</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The absolute path to the file containing the unique id to display name mapping
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>certDb</em> (path)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) The absolute path to the database that contains the public certificates of trusted certificate authorities (CA). This attribute has been deprecated. Use caCertFile instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>keyFile</em> (path)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) The absolute path to the file containing the PEM-formatted private key for the above certificate. This attribute has been deprecated. Use privateKeyFile instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>displayNameFile</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) The absolute path to the file containing the unique id to display name mapping This attribute has been deprecated. Use uidNameMappingFile instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_authserviceplugin">authServicePlugin</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>EXPERIMENTAL. Attributes for setting SASL plugin.</p></div>
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>authService</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) Address of a service to delegate authentication to. This attribute has been deprecated. Use the host and port attributes instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>host</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  A host name, IPV4 or IPV6 literal, of the service to delegate to.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>port</em> (string, default=<em>amqp</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Port number of the service delegated host.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>realm</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Value to set for hostname field on sasl-init
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>sslProfile</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Name of the sslProfile to use for the authentication service.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>saslInitHostname</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) Value to set for hostname field on sasl-init This attribute has been deprecated. Use realm instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>authSslProfile</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) Name of the sslProfile to use for the authentication service. This attribute has been deprecated. Use sslProfile instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_listener">listener</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Listens for incoming connections to the router.</p></div>
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>host</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  A host name, IPV4 or IPV6 literal, or the empty string. The empty string listens on all local addresses. A host name listens on all addresses associated with the name. An IPV6 literal address (or wildcard <em>[::]</em>) listens only for IPV6. An IPV4 literal address (or wildcard <em>0.0.0.0</em>) listens only for IPV4.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>port</em> (string, default=<em>amqp</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Port number or symbolic service name.  If <em>0</em>, the router shall assign an ephemeral port to the listener and log the port number with a log of the form <em>SERVER (notice) Listening on &lt;host&gt;:&lt;assigned-port&gt; (&lt;listener-name&gt;)</em>
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>socketAddressFamily</em> (One of [<em>IPv4</em>, <em>IPv6</em>])
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  [<em>IPv4</em>, <em>IPv6</em>] IPv4: Internet Protocol version 4; IPv6: Internet Protocol version 6.  If not specified, the protocol family will be automatically determined from the address.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>role</em> (One of [<em>normal</em>, <em>inter-router</em>, <em>route-container</em>], default=<em>normal</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The role of an established connection. In the normal role, the connection is assumed to be used for AMQP clients that are doing normal message delivery over the connection.  In the inter-router role, the connection is assumed to be to another router in the network.  Inter-router discovery and routing protocols can only be used over inter-router connections. route-container role can be used for router-container connections, for example, a router-broker connection.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>cost</em> (integer, default=<em>1</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  For the <em>inter-router</em> role only.  This value assigns a cost metric to the inter-router connection.  The default (and minimum) value is one.  Higher values represent higher costs.  The cost is used to influence the routing algorithm as it attempts to use the path with the lowest total cost from ingress to egress.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>sslProfile</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Name of the sslProfile.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>saslMechanisms</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Space separated list of accepted SASL authentication mechanisms.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>authenticatePeer</em> (boolean)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  yes: Require the peer&#8217;s identity to be authenticated; no: Do not require any authentication.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>saslPlugin</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  EXPERIMENTAL. Name of the a sasl plugin configuration section to use for this listener (e.g. authServicePlugin).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>requireEncryption</em> (boolean)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  yes: Require the connection to the peer to be encrypted; no: Permit non-encrypted communication with the peer
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>requireSsl</em> (boolean)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  yes: Require the use of SSL or TLS on the connection; no: Allow clients to connect without SSL or TLS.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>trustedCertsFile</em> (path)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  This optional setting can be used to reduce the set of available CAs for client authentication.  If used, this setting must provide the absolute path to a PEM file that contains the trusted certificates.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>maxFrameSize</em> (integer, default=<em>16384</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The maximum frame size in octets that will be used in the connection-open negotiation with a connected peer.  The frame size is the largest contiguous set of uninterrupted data that can be sent for a message delivery over the connection. Interleaving of messages on different links is done at frame granularity. Policy settings, if specified, will overwrite this value. Defaults to 16384.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>maxSessions</em> (integer, default=<em>32768</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The maximum number of sessions that can be simultaneously active on the connection. Setting this value to zero selects the default number of sessions. Policy settings, if specified, will overwrite this value. Defaults to 32768.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>maxSessionFrames</em> (integer)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Session incoming window measured in transfer frames for sessions created on this connection. This is the number of transfer frames that may simultaneously be in flight for all links in the session. Setting this value to zero selects the default session window size. Policy settings, if specified, will overwrite this value. The numerical product of maxFrameSize and maxSessionFrames may not exceed 2<sup>31-1. If (maxFrameSize x maxSessionFrames) exceeds 2</sup>31-1 then maxSessionFrames is reduced to (2^31-1 / maxFrameSize). maxSessionFrames has a minimum value of 1. Defaults to 0 (unlimited window).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>idleTimeoutSeconds</em> (integer, default=<em>16</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The idle timeout, in seconds, for connections through this listener.  If no frames are received on the connection for this time interval, the connection shall be closed.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>initialHandshakeTimeoutSeconds</em> (integer)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The timeout, in seconds, for the initial handshake for connections coming in through listeners.  If the time interval expires before the peer sends the AMQP OPEN frame, the connection shall be closed.  A value of zero (the default) disables this timeout.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>stripAnnotations</em> (One of [<em>in</em>, <em>out</em>, <em>both</em>, <em>no</em>], default=<em>both</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  [<em>in</em>, <em>out</em>, <em>both</em>, <em>no</em>] in: Strip the dispatch router specific annotations only on ingress; out: Strip the dispatch router specific annotations only on egress; both: Strip the dispatch router specific annotations on both ingress and egress; no - do not strip dispatch router specific annotations
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>linkCapacity</em> (integer)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The capacity of links within this connection, in terms of message deliveries.  The capacity is the number of messages that can be in-flight concurrently for each link.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>multiTenant</em> (boolean)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  If true, apply multi-tenancy to endpoints connected at this listener.  The address space is defined by the virtual host (hostname field in the Open).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>failoverUrls</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  A comma-separated list of failover urls to be supplied to connected clients.  Form: [(amqp|amqps|ws|wss)://]host_or_ip[:port]
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>http</em> (boolean)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Accept HTTP connections that can upgrade to AMQP over WebSocket. Plain AMQP connections are not accepted on this listener.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>httpRootDir</em> (path)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Serve HTTP files from this directory, defaults to the installed stand-alone console directory
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>messageLoggingComponents</em> (string, default=<em>none</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  A comma separated list that indicates which components of the message should be logged. Defaults to <em>none</em> (log nothing). If you want all properties and application properties of the message logged use <em>all</em>. Specific components of the message can be logged by indicating the components via a comma separated list. The components are message-id, user-id, to, subject, reply-to, correlation-id, content-type, content-encoding, absolute-expiry-time, creation-time, group-id, group-sequence, reply-to-group-id, app-properties. The application-data part of the bare message will not be logged. No spaces are allowed
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>protocolFamily</em> (One of [<em>IPv4</em>, <em>IPv6</em>])
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) [<em>IPv4</em>, <em>IPv6</em>] IPv4: Internet Protocol version 4; IPv6: Internet Protocol version 6.  If not specified, the protocol family will be automatically determined from the address. This attribute has been deprecated. Use socketAddressFamily instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>trustedCerts</em> (path)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) This optional setting can be used to reduce the set of available CAs for client authentication.  If used, this setting must provide the absolute path to a PEM file that contains the trusted certificates. This attribute has been deprecated. Use trustedCertsFile instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>failoverList</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) A comma-separated list of failover urls to be supplied to connected clients.  Form: [(amqp|amqps|ws|wss)://]host_or_ip[:port] This attribute has been deprecated. Use failoverUrls instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>httpRoot</em> (path)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) Serve HTTP files from this directory, defaults to the installed stand-alone console directory This attribute has been deprecated. Use httpRootDir instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>logMessage</em> (string, default=<em>none</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) A comma separated list that indicates which components of the message should be logged. Defaults to <em>none</em> (log nothing). If you want all properties and application properties of the message logged use <em>all</em>. Specific components of the message can be logged by indicating the components via a comma separated list. The components are message-id, user-id, to, subject, reply-to, correlation-id, content-type, content-encoding, absolute-expiry-time, creation-time, group-id, group-sequence, reply-to-group-id, app-properties. The application-data part of the bare message will not be logged. No spaces are allowed This attribute has been deprecated. Use messageLoggingComponents instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_connector">connector</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Establishes an outgoing connection from the router.</p></div>
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>host</em> (string, default=<em>127.0.0.1</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  IP address: ipv4 or ipv6 literal or a host name
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>port</em> (string, default=<em>amqp</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Port number or symbolic service name.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>protocolFamily</em> (One of [<em>IPv4</em>, <em>IPv6</em>])
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  [<em>IPv4</em>, <em>IPv6</em>] IPv4: Internet Protocol version 4; IPv6: Internet Protocol version 6.  If not specified, the protocol family will be automatically determined from the address.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>role</em> (One of [<em>normal</em>, <em>inter-router</em>, <em>route-container</em>], default=<em>normal</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The role of an established connection. In the normal role, the connection is assumed to be used for AMQP clients that are doing normal message delivery over the connection.  In the inter-router role, the connection is assumed to be to another router in the network.  Inter-router discovery and routing protocols can only be used over inter-router connections. route-container role can be used for router-container connections, for example, a router-broker connection.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>cost</em> (integer, default=<em>1</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  For the <em>inter-router</em> role only.  This value assigns a cost metric to the inter-router connection.  The default (and minimum) value is one.  Higher values represent higher costs.  The cost is used to influence the routing algorithm as it attempts to use the path with the lowest total cost from ingress to egress.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>sslProfile</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Name of the sslProfile.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>saslMechanisms</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Space separated list of accepted SASL authentication mechanisms.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>allowRedirect</em> (boolean, default=<em>True</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Allow the peer to redirect this connection to another address.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>maxFrameSize</em> (integer, default=<em>16384</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The maximum frame size in octets that will be used in the connection-open negotiation with a connected peer.  The frame size is the largest contiguous set of uninterrupted data that can be sent for a message delivery over the connection. Interleaving of messages on different links is done at frame granularity. Policy settings will not overwrite this value. Defaults to 16384.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>maxSessions</em> (integer, default=<em>32768</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The maximum number of sessions that can be simultaneously active on the connection. Setting this value to zero selects the default number of sessions. Policy settings will not overwrite this value. Defaults to 32768.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>maxSessionFrames</em> (integer)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Session incoming window measured in transfer frames for sessions created on this connection. This is the number of transfer frames that may simultaneously be in flight for all links in the session. Setting this value to zero selects the default session window size. Policy settings will not overwrite this value. The numerical product of maxFrameSize and maxSessionFrames may not exceed 2<sup>31-1. If (maxFrameSize x maxSessionFrames) exceeds 2</sup>31-1 then maxSessionFrames is reduced to (2^31-1 / maxFrameSize). maxSessionFrames has a minimum value of 1.  Defaults to 0 (unlimited window).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>idleTimeoutSeconds</em> (integer, default=<em>16</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The idle timeout, in seconds, for connections through this connector.  If no frames are received on the connection for this time interval, the connection shall be closed.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>stripAnnotations</em> (One of [<em>in</em>, <em>out</em>, <em>both</em>, <em>no</em>], default=<em>both</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  [<em>in</em>, <em>out</em>, <em>both</em>, <em>no</em>] in: Strip the dispatch router specific annotations only on ingress; out: Strip the dispatch router specific annotations only on egress; both: Strip the dispatch router specific annotations on both ingress and egress; no - do not strip dispatch router specific annotations
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>linkCapacity</em> (integer)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The capacity of links within this connection, in terms of message deliveries.  The capacity is the number of messages that can be in-flight concurrently for each link.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>verifyHostname</em> (boolean, default=<em>True</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  yes: Ensures that when initiating a connection (as a client) the host name in the URL to which this connector connects to matches the host name in the digital certificate that the peer sends back as part of the SSL connection; no: Does not perform host name verification
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>saslUsername</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The user name that the connector is using to connect to a peer.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>saslPassword</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The password that the connector is using to connect to a peer.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>messageLoggingComponents</em> (string, default=<em>none</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  A comma separated list that indicates which components of the message should be logged (no spaces allowed between list components). Defaults to <em>none</em> (log nothing). If you want all properties and application properties of the message logged use <em>all</em>. Specific components of the message can be logged by indicating the components via a comma separated list. The components are message-id, user-id, to, subject, reply-to, correlation-id, content-type, content-encoding, absolute-expiry-time, creation-time, group-id, group-sequence, reply-to-group-id, app-properties. The application-data part of the bare message will not be logged. This log message is written to the MESSAGE logging module. In the <em>log</em> entity, set <em>module</em> property to MESSAGE or DEFAULT and <em>enable</em> to trace+ to see this log message
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>verifyHostName</em> (boolean, default=<em>True</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) yes: Ensures that when initiating a connection (as a client) the host name in the URL to which this connector connects to matches the host name in the digital certificate that the peer sends back as part of the SSL connection; no: Does not perform host name verification This attribute has been deprecated. Use verifyHostname instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>logMessage</em> (string, default=<em>none</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) A comma separated list that indicates which components of the message should be logged (no spaces allowed between list components). Defaults to <em>none</em> (log nothing). If you want all properties and application properties of the message logged use <em>all</em>. Specific components of the message can be logged by indicating the components via a comma separated list. The components are message-id, user-id, to, subject, reply-to, correlation-id, content-type, content-encoding, absolute-expiry-time, creation-time, group-id, group-sequence, reply-to-group-id, app-properties. The application-data part of the bare message will not be logged. This log message is written to the MESSAGE logging module. In the <em>log</em> entity, set <em>module</em> property to MESSAGE or DEFAULT and <em>enable</em> to trace+ to see this log message This attribute has been deprecated. Use messageLoggingComponents instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_log">log</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Configure logging for a particular module. You can use the <code>UPDATE</code> operation to change log settings while the router is running.</p></div>
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>module</em> (One of [<em>ROUTER</em>, <em>ROUTER_CORE</em>, <em>ROUTER_HELLO</em>, <em>ROUTER_LS</em>, <em>ROUTER_MA</em>, <em>MESSAGE</em>, <em>SERVER</em>, <em>AGENT</em>, <em>CONTAINER</em>, <em>ERROR</em>, <em>POLICY</em>, <em>HTTP</em>, <em>CONN_MGR</em>, <em>PYTHON</em>, <em>DEFAULT</em>], required)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Module to configure. The special module <em>DEFAULT</em> specifies defaults for all modules.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>enable</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Levels are: trace, debug, info, notice, warning, error, critical. The enable string is a comma-separated list of levels. A level may have a trailing <em>+</em> to enable that level and above. For example <em>trace,debug,warning+</em> means enable trace, debug, warning, error and critical. The value <em>none</em> means disable logging for the module.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>includeTimestamp</em> (boolean)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Include timestamp in log messages.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>includeSource</em> (boolean)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Include source file and line number in log messages.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>outputFile</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Where to send log messages. Can be <em>stderr</em>, <em>stdout</em>, <em>syslog</em> or a file name.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>timestamp</em> (boolean)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) Include timestamp in log messages. This attribute has been deprecated. Use includeTimestamp instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>source</em> (boolean)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) Include source file and line number in log messages. This attribute has been deprecated. Use includeSource instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>output</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) Where to send log messages. Can be <em>stderr</em>, <em>stdout</em>, <em>syslog</em> or a file name. This attribute has been deprecated. Use outputFile instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_address">address</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Entity type for address configuration.  This is used to configure the treatment of message-routed deliveries within a particular address-space.  The configuration controls distribution and address phasing.</p></div>
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>prefix</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The address prefix for the configured settings. Cannot be used with a pattern attribute.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>pattern</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  A wildcarded pattern for address matching. Incoming addresses are matched against this pattern. Matching addresses use the configured settings. The pattern consists of one or more tokens separated by a forward slash <em>/</em>. A token can be one of the following: a * character, a # character, or a sequence of characters that do not include /, *, or #.  The * token matches any single token.  The # token matches zero or more tokens. * has higher precedence than #, and exact match has the highest precedence. Cannot be used with a prefix attribute.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>distribution</em> (One of [<em>multicast</em>, <em>closest</em>, <em>balanced</em>, <em>unavailable</em>], default=<em>balanced</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Treatment of traffic associated with the address
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>waypoint</em> (boolean)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Designates this address space as being used for waypoints.  This will cause the proper address-phasing to be used.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>ingressPhase</em> (integer)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Advanced - Override the ingress phase for this address
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>egressPhase</em> (integer)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Advanced - Override the egress phase for this address
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_linkroute">linkRoute</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Entity type for link-route configuration.  This is used to identify remote containers that shall be destinations for routed link-attaches.  The link-routing configuration applies to an addressing space defined by a prefix or a pattern.</p></div>
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>prefix</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The address prefix for the configured settings. Cannot be used with the pattern attribute.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>pattern</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  A wildcarded pattern for address matching. Link addresses are matched against this pattern. Matching addresses use the configured settings. The pattern consists of one or more tokens separated by a forward slash <em>/</em>. A token can be one of the following: a * character, a # character, or a sequence of characters that do not include /, *, or #.  The * token matches any single token.  The # token matches zero or more tokens. * has higher precedence than #, and exact match has the highest precedence. Cannot be used with the prefix attribute.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>addExternalPrefix</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  add the specified prefix to the address of the remote terminus on the route container link
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>delExternalPrefix</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  remove the specified prefix to the address of the remote terminus on the route container link
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>containerId</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  ContainerID for the target container. Only one of containerId or connection should be specified for a linkRoute. Specifying both will result in the linkRoute not being created.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>connection</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The name from a connector or listener. Only one of containerId or connection should be specified for a linkRoute. Specifying both will result in the linkRoute not being created.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>distribution</em> (One of [<em>linkBalanced</em>], default=<em>linkBalanced</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Treatment of traffic associated with the address
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>direction</em> (One of [<em>in</em>, <em>out</em>], required)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The permitted direction of links: <em>in</em> means client senders; <em>out</em> means client receivers
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>dir</em> (One of [<em>in</em>, <em>out</em>], required)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) The permitted direction of links: <em>in</em> means client senders; <em>out</em> means client receivers This attribute has been deprecated. Use direction instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_autolink">autoLink</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Entity type for configuring auto-links.  Auto-links are links whose lifecycle is managed by the router.  These are typically used to attach to waypoints on remote containers (brokers, etc.).</p></div>
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>addr</em> (string, required)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The address of the provisioned object
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>direction</em> (One of [<em>in</em>, <em>out</em>], required)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The direction of the link to be created.  In means into the router, out means out of the router.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>phase</em> (integer)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The address phase for this link.  Defaults to <em>0</em> for <em>out</em> links and <em>1</em> for <em>in</em> links.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>containerId</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  ContainerID for the target container. Only one of containerId or connection should be specified for an autoLink. Specifying both will result in the autoLink not being created
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>connection</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The name from a connector or listener. Only one of containerId or connection should be specified for an autoLink. Specifying both will result in the autoLink not being created
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>externalAddr</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  If present, an alternate address of the node on the remote container.  This is used if the node has a different address than the address used internally by the router to route deliveries.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>dir</em> (One of [<em>in</em>, <em>out</em>], required)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) The direction of the link to be created.  In means into the router, out means out of the router. This attribute has been deprecated. Use direction instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_exchange">exchange</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>[EXPERIMENTAL] Defines a topic exchange.</p></div>
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>address</em> (string, required)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The address of the exchange. Used by the message publisher as the target for sending messages.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>phase</em> (integer)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The address phase for the exchange.  Defaults to <em>0</em>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>alternateAddress</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The address to forward the message to if no bindings are matched.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>alternatePhase</em> (integer)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The address phase for the alternateAddress.  Defaults to <em>0</em>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>matchMethod</em> (One of [<em>amqp</em>, <em>mqtt</em>], default=<em>amqp</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Key matching algorithm used. <em>amqp</em> uses the legacy AMQP topic exchange wildcard match method as described in the pre-1.0 drafts. <em>mqtt</em> uses the MQTT topic filter wildcard match method.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_binding">binding</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>[EXPERIMENTAL] Defines a keyed next hop binding for a topic exchange. The subject field of the messages arriving at the exchange is compared against the binding&#8217;s key value using the exchange&#8217;s matchMethod.  If the subject matches the key the message is forwarded to the nextHopAddress. The nextHopAddress overrides the message&#8217;s original destination.</p></div>
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>exchangeName</em> (string, required)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The name of the exchange to bind.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>bindingKey</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Pattern to compare against incoming message&#8217;s subject.  The key is a string of zero or more tokens and wildcards. The format depends on the matchMethod configured for the exchange. For AMQP each token is delimited by the <em>.</em> character and wild-card tokens <em>*</em> matches a single token and <em></em> matches zero or more tokens. For MQTT each token is delimited by the <em>/</em> character and wildcard tokens <em>+</em> matches a single token and <em></em> matches zero or more tokens at the end of the topic. If a key is not provided the binding will match all messages arriving at the exchange (fanout behavior).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>nextHopAddress</em> (string, required)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The address to forward the message to when the message&#8217;s topic string matches the binding key pattern.  This address is used by message consumers as the source of incoming messages.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>nextHopPhase</em> (integer)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The address phase used when forwarding messages that match this binding.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_console">console</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>(DEPRECATED) Start a websocket/tcp proxy and http file server to serve the web console</p></div>
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>listener</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The name of the listener to send the proxied tcp traffic to.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>wsport</em> (integer, default=<em>5673</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  port on which to listen for websocket traffic
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>proxy</em> (string, required)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The full path to the proxy program to run.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>home</em> (string, required)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The full path to the html/css/js files for the console.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>args</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Optional args to pass the proxy program for logging, authentication, etc.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_policy">policy</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Defines global connection limit</p></div>
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>maxConnections</em> (integer, default=<em>65535</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The maximum number of concurrent client connections allowed for this router. This limit is always enforced, even if no other policy settings have been defined. The limit is applied to all incoming connections regardless of remote host, authenticated user, or targeted vhost.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>enableVhostPolicy</em> (boolean)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Enables the router to enforce the connection denials and resource limits defined in the configured vhost policies.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>enableVhostNamePatterns</em> (boolean)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Enable vhost name patterns. When false vhost hostnames are treated as literal strings. When true vhost hostnames are treated as match patterns.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>policyDir</em> (path)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The absolute path to a directory that holds vhost policy definition files in JSON format (*.json). The router processes all of the vhost policies in each JSON file that is in this directory.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>defaultVhost</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The name of the default vhost policy. This policy rule set is applied to a connection for which a vhost policy has not otherwise been configured. Processing for the default vhost is enabled by default and set to select vhost <em>$default</em>. To disable default vhost processing set defaultVhost to blank or do not define a vhost named <em>$default</em>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_vhost">vhost</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>AMQP virtual host policy definition of users, user groups, allowed remote hosts, and AMQP restrictions.</p></div>
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>hostname</em> (string, required)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The hostname of the vhost. This vhost policy will be applied to any client connection that is directed to this hostname.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>maxConnections</em> (integer, default=<em>65535</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The global maximum number of concurrent client connections allowed for this vhost.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>maxConnectionsPerUser</em> (integer, default=<em>65535</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The maximum number of concurrent client connections allowed for any user.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>maxConnectionsPerHost</em> (integer, default=<em>65535</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The maximum number of concurrent client connections allowed for any remote host (the host from which the client is connecting).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>allowUnknownUser</em> (boolean)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Whether unknown users (users who are not members of a defined user group) are allowed to connect to the vhost. Unknown users are assigned to the <em>$default</em> user group and receive <em>$default</em> settings.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>groups</em> (map)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  A map where each key is a vhost name and each value is a map of the settings for users of that vhost.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>id</em> (string, required)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) The hostname of the vhost. This vhost policy will be applied to any client connection that is directed to this hostname. This attribute has been deprecated. Use hostname instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_vhostusergroupsettings">vhostUserGroupSettings</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Policy settings for users connecting to a vhost. Configuration files including this section must use .json format.</p></div>
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>maxFrameSize</em> (integer, default=<em>16384</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The largest frame, in bytes, that may be sent on this connection. Non-zero policy values overwrite values specified for a listener object (AMQP Open, max-frame-size).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>maxSessionWindow</em> (integer, default=<em>1638400</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The incoming capacity for new AMQP sessions, measured in octets. Non-zero policy values overwrite values specified for a listener object (AMQP Begin, incoming-window).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>maxSessions</em> (integer, default=<em>32768</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The maximum number of sessions that may be created on this connection. Non-zero policy values overwrite values specified for a listener object (AMQP Open, channel-max).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>maxSenders</em> (integer, default=<em>2147483647</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The maximum number of sending links that may be created on this connection. A value of <em>0</em> disables all sender links.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>maxReceivers</em> (integer, default=<em>2147483647</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The maximum number of receiving links that may be created on this connection. A value of <em>0</em> disables all receiver links.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>allowDynamicSource</em> (boolean)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Whether this connection is allowed to create dynamic receiving links (links to resources that do not exist on the peer). A value of <em>true</em> means that users are able to automatically create resources on the peer system.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>allowAnonymousSender</em> (boolean)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Whether this connection is allowed to create sending links if the sender does not provide a target address. By prohibiting anonymous senders, the router only needs to verify once, when the link is created, that the sender is permitted to send messages to the target address. The router does not need to verify each message that is sent on the link. A value of <em>true</em> means that users may send messages to any address. Allowing anonymous senders can also decrease performance: if the sender does not specify a target address, then the router must parse each message to determine how to route it.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>allowUserIdProxy</em> (boolean)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Whether this connection is allowed to send messages with a user ID that is different than the connection&#8217;s authenticated user name.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>sources</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>targets</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>sourcePattern</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>targetPattern</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_see_also">SEE ALSO</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>qdrouterd(8)</strong>, <strong>qdmanage(8)</strong></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="http://qpid.apache.org/components/dispatch-router">http://qpid.apache.org/components/dispatch-router</a></p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+
+          <hr/>
+
+          <ul id="-apache-navigation">
+            <li><a href="http://www.apache.org/">Apache</a></li>
+            <li><a href="http://www.apache.org/licenses/">License</a></li>
+            <li><a href="http://www.apache.org/foundation/sponsorship.html">Sponsorship</a></li>
+            <li><a href="http://www.apache.org/foundation/thanks.html">Thanks!</a></li>
+            <li><a href="/security.html">Security</a></li>
+            <li><a href="http://www.apache.org/"><img id="-apache-feather" width="48" height="14" src="" alt="Apache"/></a></li>
+          </ul>
+
+          <p id="-legal">
+            Apache Qpid, Messaging built on AMQP; Copyright &#169; 2015
+            The Apache Software Foundation; Licensed under
+            the <a href="http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0">Apache
+            License, Version 2.0</a>; Apache Qpid, Qpid, Qpid Proton,
+            Proton, Apache, the Apache feather logo, and the Apache Qpid
+            project logo are trademarks of The Apache Software
+            Foundation; All other marks mentioned may be trademarks or
+            registered trademarks of their respective owners
+          </p>
+        </div>
+      </div>
+    </div>
+  </body>
+</html>

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/man/qdrouterd.html
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/man/qdrouterd.html b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/man/qdrouterd.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f081628
--- /dev/null
+++ b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/man/qdrouterd.html
@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html>
+<!--
+ -
+ - Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
+ - or more contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file
+ - distributed with this work for additional information
+ - regarding copyright ownership.  The ASF licenses this file
+ - to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
+ - "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+ - with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ -
+ -   http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ -
+ - Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
+ - software distributed under the License is distributed on an
+ - "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
+ - KIND, either express or implied.  See the License for the
+ - specific language governing permissions and limitations
+ - under the License.
+ -
+-->
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en">
+  <head>
+    <title>SYNOPSIS - Apache Qpid&#8482;</title>
+    <meta http-equiv="X-UA-Compatible" content="IE=edge"/>
+    <meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0"/>
+    <link rel="stylesheet" href="/site.css" type="text/css" async="async"/>
+    <link rel="stylesheet" href="/deferred.css" type="text/css" defer="defer"/>
+    <script type="text/javascript">var _deferredFunctions = [];</script>
+    <script type="text/javascript" src="/deferred.js" defer="defer"></script>
+    <!--[if lte IE 8]>
+      <link rel="stylesheet" href="/ie.css" type="text/css"/>
+      <script type="text/javascript" src="/html5shiv.js"></script>
+    <![endif]-->
+
+    <!-- Redirects for `go get` and godoc.org -->
+    <meta name="go-import"
+          content="qpid.apache.org git https://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-proton.git"/>
+    <meta name="go-source"
+          content="qpid.apache.org
+https://github.com/apache/qpid-proton/blob/go1/README.md
+https://github.com/apache/qpid-proton/tree/go1{/dir}
+https://github.com/apache/qpid-proton/blob/go1{/dir}/{file}#L{line}"/>
+  </head>
+  <body>
+    <div id="-content">
+      <div id="-top" class="panel">
+        <a id="-menu-link"><img width="16" height="16" src="" alt="Menu"/></a>
+
+        <a id="-search-link"><img width="22" height="16" src="" alt="Search"/></a>
+
+        <ul id="-global-navigation">
+          <li><a id="-logotype" href="/index.html">Apache Qpid<sup>&#8482;</sup></a></li>
+          <li><a href="/documentation.html">Documentation</a></li>
+          <li><a href="/download.html">Download</a></li>
+          <li><a href="/discussion.html">Discussion</a></li>
+        </ul>
+      </div>
+
+      <div id="-menu" class="panel" style="display: none;">
+        <div class="flex">
+          <section>
+            <h3>Project</h3>
+
+            <ul>
+              <li><a href="/overview.html">Overview</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/components/index.html">Components</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/releases/index.html">Releases</a></li>
+            </ul>
+          </section>
+
+          <section>
+            <h3>Messaging APIs</h3>
+
+            <ul>
+              <li><a href="/proton/index.html">Qpid Proton</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/components/jms/index.html">Qpid JMS</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/components/messaging-api/index.html">Qpid Messaging API</a></li>
+            </ul>
+          </section>
+
+          <section>
+            <h3>Servers and tools</h3>
+
+            <ul>
+              <li><a href="/components/broker-j/index.html">Broker-J</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/components/cpp-broker/index.html">C++ broker</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/components/dispatch-router/index.html">Dispatch router</a></li>
+            </ul>
+          </section>
+
+          <section>
+            <h3>Resources</h3>
+
+            <ul>
+              <li><a href="/dashboard.html">Dashboard</a></li>
+              <li><a href="https://cwiki.apache.org/confluence/display/qpid/Index">Wiki</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/resources.html">More resources</a></li>
+            </ul>
+          </section>
+        </div>
+      </div>
+
+      <div id="-search" class="panel" style="display: none;">
+        <form action="http://www.google.com/search" method="get">
+          <input type="hidden" name="sitesearch" value="qpid.apache.org"/>
+          <input type="text" name="q" maxlength="255" autofocus="autofocus" tabindex="1"/>
+          <button type="submit">Search</button>
+          <a href="/search.html">More ways to search</a>
+        </form>
+      </div>
+
+      <div id="-middle" class="panel">
+        <ul id="-path-navigation"><li><a href="/index.html">Home</a></li><li><a href="/releases/index.html">Releases</a></li><li><a href="/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/index.html">Qpid Dispatch 1.3.0</a></li><li>SYNOPSIS</li></ul>
+
+        <div id="-middle-content">
+          <div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_synopsis">SYNOPSIS</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>qdrouterd</strong> [<em>OPTIONS</em>]</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_description">DESCRIPTION</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The Qpid Dispatch router (<em>qdrouterd</em>) is a network daemon that directs
+AMQP 1.0 messages between endpoints, such as messaging clients and
+servers.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_options">OPTIONS</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>-c, --config=PATH (/usr/local/etc/qpid-dispatch/qdrouterd.conf)
+:   Load configuration from file at PATH</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>-I, --include=PATH (/usr/local/lib/qpid-dispatch/python)
+:   Location of Dispatch&#8217;s Python library</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>-d, --daemon
+:   Run process as a SysV-style daemon</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>-P, --pidfile
+:   If daemon, the file for the stored daemon pid</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>-U, --user
+:   If daemon, the username to run as</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>-v, --version
+:   Print the version of Qpid Dispatch Router</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>-h, --help
+:   Print this help</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_files">FILES</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+/usr/local/etc/qdrouterd.conf
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Configuration file.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_see_also">SEE ALSO</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>qdrouterd.conf(5)</em>, <em>qdstat(8)</em>, <em>qdmanage(8)</em></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="http://qpid.apache.org/components/dispatch-router">http://qpid.apache.org/components/dispatch-router</a></p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+
+          <hr/>
+
+          <ul id="-apache-navigation">
+            <li><a href="http://www.apache.org/">Apache</a></li>
+            <li><a href="http://www.apache.org/licenses/">License</a></li>
+            <li><a href="http://www.apache.org/foundation/sponsorship.html">Sponsorship</a></li>
+            <li><a href="http://www.apache.org/foundation/thanks.html">Thanks!</a></li>
+            <li><a href="/security.html">Security</a></li>
+            <li><a href="http://www.apache.org/"><img id="-apache-feather" width="48" height="14" src="" alt="Apache"/></a></li>
+          </ul>
+
+          <p id="-legal">
+            Apache Qpid, Messaging built on AMQP; Copyright &#169; 2015
+            The Apache Software Foundation; Licensed under
+            the <a href="http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0">Apache
+            License, Version 2.0</a>; Apache Qpid, Qpid, Qpid Proton,
+            Proton, Apache, the Apache feather logo, and the Apache Qpid
+            project logo are trademarks of The Apache Software
+            Foundation; All other marks mentioned may be trademarks or
+            registered trademarks of their respective owners
+          </p>
+        </div>
+      </div>
+    </div>
+  </body>
+</html>


---------------------------------------------------------------------
To unsubscribe, e-mail: commits-unsubscribe@qpid.apache.org
For additional commands, e-mail: commits-help@qpid.apache.org


[4/7] qpid-site git commit: Doc updates for Qpid Dispatch router 1.3.0 release

Posted by gm...@apache.org.
http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/index.html
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/index.html b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/index.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..656dcc8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/index.html
@@ -0,0 +1,8003 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html>
+<!--
+ -
+ - Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
+ - or more contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file
+ - distributed with this work for additional information
+ - regarding copyright ownership.  The ASF licenses this file
+ - to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
+ - "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+ - with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ -
+ -   http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ -
+ - Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
+ - software distributed under the License is distributed on an
+ - "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
+ - KIND, either express or implied.  See the License for the
+ - specific language governing permissions and limitations
+ - under the License.
+ -
+-->
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en">
+  <head>
+    <title>Using Qpid Dispatch - Apache Qpid&#8482;</title>
+    <meta http-equiv="X-UA-Compatible" content="IE=edge"/>
+    <meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0"/>
+    <link rel="stylesheet" href="/site.css" type="text/css" async="async"/>
+    <link rel="stylesheet" href="/deferred.css" type="text/css" defer="defer"/>
+    <script type="text/javascript">var _deferredFunctions = [];</script>
+    <script type="text/javascript" src="/deferred.js" defer="defer"></script>
+    <!--[if lte IE 8]>
+      <link rel="stylesheet" href="/ie.css" type="text/css"/>
+      <script type="text/javascript" src="/html5shiv.js"></script>
+    <![endif]-->
+
+    <!-- Redirects for `go get` and godoc.org -->
+    <meta name="go-import"
+          content="qpid.apache.org git https://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-proton.git"/>
+    <meta name="go-source"
+          content="qpid.apache.org
+https://github.com/apache/qpid-proton/blob/go1/README.md
+https://github.com/apache/qpid-proton/tree/go1{/dir}
+https://github.com/apache/qpid-proton/blob/go1{/dir}/{file}#L{line}"/>
+  </head>
+  <body>
+    <div id="-content">
+      <div id="-top" class="panel">
+        <a id="-menu-link"><img width="16" height="16" src="" alt="Menu"/></a>
+
+        <a id="-search-link"><img width="22" height="16" src="" alt="Search"/></a>
+
+        <ul id="-global-navigation">
+          <li><a id="-logotype" href="/index.html">Apache Qpid<sup>&#8482;</sup></a></li>
+          <li><a href="/documentation.html">Documentation</a></li>
+          <li><a href="/download.html">Download</a></li>
+          <li><a href="/discussion.html">Discussion</a></li>
+        </ul>
+      </div>
+
+      <div id="-menu" class="panel" style="display: none;">
+        <div class="flex">
+          <section>
+            <h3>Project</h3>
+
+            <ul>
+              <li><a href="/overview.html">Overview</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/components/index.html">Components</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/releases/index.html">Releases</a></li>
+            </ul>
+          </section>
+
+          <section>
+            <h3>Messaging APIs</h3>
+
+            <ul>
+              <li><a href="/proton/index.html">Qpid Proton</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/components/jms/index.html">Qpid JMS</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/components/messaging-api/index.html">Qpid Messaging API</a></li>
+            </ul>
+          </section>
+
+          <section>
+            <h3>Servers and tools</h3>
+
+            <ul>
+              <li><a href="/components/broker-j/index.html">Broker-J</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/components/cpp-broker/index.html">C++ broker</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/components/dispatch-router/index.html">Dispatch router</a></li>
+            </ul>
+          </section>
+
+          <section>
+            <h3>Resources</h3>
+
+            <ul>
+              <li><a href="/dashboard.html">Dashboard</a></li>
+              <li><a href="https://cwiki.apache.org/confluence/display/qpid/Index">Wiki</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/resources.html">More resources</a></li>
+            </ul>
+          </section>
+        </div>
+      </div>
+
+      <div id="-search" class="panel" style="display: none;">
+        <form action="http://www.google.com/search" method="get">
+          <input type="hidden" name="sitesearch" value="qpid.apache.org"/>
+          <input type="text" name="q" maxlength="255" autofocus="autofocus" tabindex="1"/>
+          <button type="submit">Search</button>
+          <a href="/search.html">More ways to search</a>
+        </form>
+      </div>
+
+      <div id="-middle" class="panel">
+        <ul id="-path-navigation"><li><a href="/index.html">Home</a></li><li><a href="/releases/index.html">Releases</a></li><li><a href="/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/index.html">Qpid Dispatch 1.3.0</a></li><li>Using Qpid Dispatch</li></ul>
+
+        <div id="-middle-content">
+          <h1>Using Qpid Dispatch</h1>
+<div id="toc" class="toc">
+<div id="toctitle">Table of Contents</div>
+<ul class="sectlevel1">
+<li><a href="#introduction">1. Introduction</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel2">
+<li><a href="#overview">1.1. Overview</a></li>
+<li><a href="#benefits">1.2. Benefits</a></li>
+<li><a href="#features">1.3. Features</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#theory_of_operation">2. Theory of Operation</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel2">
+<li><a href="#overview_2">2.1. Overview</a></li>
+<li><a href="#connections">2.2. Connections</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel3">
+<li><a href="#listener">2.2.1. Listener</a></li>
+<li><a href="#connector">2.2.2. Connector</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#addresses">2.3. Addresses</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel3">
+<li><a href="#mobile_addresses">2.3.1. Mobile Addresses</a></li>
+<li><a href="#link_route_addresses">2.3.2. Link Route Addresses</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#message_routing">2.4. Message Routing</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel3">
+<li><a href="#routing_patterns">2.4.1. Routing Patterns</a></li>
+<li><a href="#routing_mechanisms">2.4.2. Routing Mechanisms</a></li>
+<li><a href="#message_settlement">2.4.3. Message Settlement</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#security">2.5. Security</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#getting-started">3. Getting Started</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel2">
+<li><a href="#starting-the-router">3.1. Starting the Router</a></li>
+<li><a href="#routing_messages_in_a_peer_to_peer_configuration">3.2. Routing Messages in a Peer-to-Peer Configuration</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel3">
+<li><a href="#starting-the-receiver-client">3.2.1. Starting the Receiver Client</a></li>
+<li><a href="#sending-messages">3.2.2. Sending Messages</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#router-configuration">4. Configuration</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel2">
+<li><a href="#accessing_the_router_configuration_file">4.1. Accessing the Router Configuration File</a></li>
+<li><a href="#how_the_router_configuration_file_is_structured">4.2. How the Router Configuration File is Structured</a></li>
+<li><a href="#methods-for-using-pattern-matching">4.3. Methods for Using Pattern Matching and Wildcards</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel3">
+<li><a href="#router-address-pattern-matching">4.3.1. Pattern Matching for Addresses</a></li>
+<li><a href="#pattern-matching-vhost-policy-hostnames">4.3.2. Pattern Matching for Vhost Policy Hostnames</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#methods-for-changing-router-configuration">4.4. Changing a Router&#8217;s Configuration</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel3">
+<li><a href="#making-permanent-change-to-router-configuration">4.4.1. Making a Permanent Change to the Router&#8217;s Configuration</a></li>
+<li><a href="#changing-configuration-for-running-router">4.4.2. Changing the Configuration for a Running Router</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#default_configuration_settings">4.5. Default Configuration Settings</a></li>
+<li><a href="#setting_essential_configuration_properties">4.6. Setting Essential Configuration Properties</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#router-network-connections">5. Network Connections</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel2">
+<li><a href="#adding-incoming-connections">5.1. Listening for Incoming Connections</a></li>
+<li><a href="#adding-outgoing-connections">5.2. Adding Outgoing Connections</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#security-config">6. Security</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel2">
+<li><a href="#authenticating_remote_peers">6.1. Authenticating Remote Peers</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel3">
+<li><a href="#setting-up-ssl-for-encryption-and-authentication">6.1.1. Setting Up SSL/TLS for Encryption and Authentication</a></li>
+<li><a href="#setting-up-sasl-for-authentication-and-payload-encryption">6.1.2. Setting Up SASL for Authentication and Payload Encryption</a></li>
+<li><a href="#securing-incoming-connections">6.1.3. Securing Incoming Connections</a></li>
+<li><a href="#securing-outgoing-connections">6.1.4. Securing Outgoing Connections</a></li>
+<li><a href="#integrating-with-kerberos">6.1.5. Integrating with Kerberos</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#authorizing_access_to_messaging_resources">6.2. Authorizing Access to Messaging Resources</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel3">
+<li><a href="#how_dispatch_router_enforces_connection_and_resource_limits">6.2.1. How Dispatch Router Enforces Connection and Resource Limits</a></li>
+<li><a href="#setting_global_connection_limits">6.2.2. Setting Global Connection Limits</a></li>
+<li><a href="#setting_connection_and_resource_limits_for_messaging_endpoints">6.2.3. Setting Connection and Resource Limits for Messaging Endpoints</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#routing">7. Routing</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel2">
+<li><a href="#comparison_of_message_routing_and_link_routing">7.1. Comparison of Message Routing and Link Routing</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel3">
+<li><a href="#when_to_use_message_routing">7.1.1. When to Use Message Routing</a></li>
+<li><a href="#when_to_use_link_routing">7.1.2. When to Use Link Routing</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#configuring_message_routing">7.2. Configuring Message Routing</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel3">
+<li><a href="#addresses_2">7.2.1. Addresses</a></li>
+<li><a href="#routing-patterns-overview">7.2.2. Routing Patterns</a></li>
+<li><a href="#message_settlement_2">7.2.3. Message Settlement</a></li>
+<li><a href="#routing-messages-between-clients">7.2.4. Routing Messages Between Clients</a></li>
+<li><a href="#routing-messages-through-broker">7.2.5. Routing Messages Through a Broker Queue</a></li>
+<li><a href="#example_routing_messages_through_broker_queues">7.2.6. Example: Routing Messages Through Broker Queues</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#configuring_link_routing">7.3. Configuring Link Routing</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel3">
+<li><a href="#link_route_addresses_2">7.3.1. Link Route Addresses</a></li>
+<li><a href="#link_route_routing_patterns">7.3.2. Link Route Routing Patterns</a></li>
+<li><a href="#link_route_flow_control">7.3.3. Link Route Flow Control</a></li>
+<li><a href="#creating-link-route">7.3.4. Creating a Link Route</a></li>
+<li><a href="#example_using_a_link_route_to_provide_client_isolation">7.3.5. Example: Using a Link Route to Provide Client Isolation</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#logging">8. Logging</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel2">
+<li><a href="#logging-modules-you-can-configure">8.1. Logging Modules</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel3">
+<li><a href="#the_code_default_code_logging_module">8.1.1. The <code>DEFAULT</code> Logging Module</a></li>
+<li><a href="#the_code_router_code_logging_module">8.1.2. The <code>ROUTER</code> Logging Module</a></li>
+<li><a href="#the_code_router_core_code_logging_module">8.1.3. The <code>ROUTER_CORE</code> Logging Module</a></li>
+<li><a href="#the_code_router_hello_code_logging_module">8.1.4. The <code>ROUTER_HELLO</code> Logging Module</a></li>
+<li><a href="#the_code_router_ls_code_logging_module">8.1.5. The <code>ROUTER_LS</code> Logging Module</a></li>
+<li><a href="#the_code_router_ma_code_logging_module">8.1.6. The <code>ROUTER_MA</code> Logging Module</a></li>
+<li><a href="#the_code_message_code_logging_module">8.1.7. The <code>MESSAGE</code> Logging Module</a></li>
+<li><a href="#the_code_server_code_logging_module">8.1.8. The <code>SERVER</code> Logging Module</a></li>
+<li><a href="#the_code_agent_code_logging_module">8.1.9. The <code>AGENT</code> Logging Module</a></li>
+<li><a href="#the_code_container_code_logging_module">8.1.10. The <code>CONTAINER</code> Logging Module</a></li>
+<li><a href="#the_code_error_code_logging_module">8.1.11. The <code>ERROR</code> Logging Module</a></li>
+<li><a href="#the_code_policy_code_logging_module">8.1.12. The <code>POLICY</code> Logging Module</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#configure-default-logging">8.2. Configuring Logging</a></li>
+<li><a href="#viewing_log_entries">8.3. Viewing Log Entries</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel3">
+<li><a href="#viewing_log_entries_on_the_console">8.3.1. Viewing Log Entries on the Console</a></li>
+<li><a href="#viewing_log_entries_on_the_cli">8.3.2. Viewing Log Entries on the CLI</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#management">9. Management</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel2">
+<li><a href="#using_apache_qpid_dispatch_router_console">9.1. Using Apache Qpid Dispatch Router Console</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel3">
+<li><a href="#console-overview">9.1.1. Console Overview</a></li>
+<li><a href="#console-installation">9.1.2. Console Installation</a></li>
+<li><a href="#console-operation">9.1.3. Console Operation</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#monitoring-using-qdstat">9.2. Monitoring Dispatch Router Using <code>qdstat</code></a>
+<ul class="sectlevel3">
+<li><a href="#syntax_for_using_code_qdstat_code">9.2.1. Syntax for Using <code>qdstat</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#viewing_general_statistics_for_a_router">9.2.2. Viewing General Statistics for a Router</a></li>
+<li><a href="#viewing_a_list_of_connections_to_a_router">9.2.3. Viewing a List of Connections to a Router</a></li>
+<li><a href="#viewing_amqp_links_attached_to_a_router">9.2.4. Viewing AMQP Links Attached to a Router</a></li>
+<li><a href="#viewing_known_routers_on_a_network">9.2.5. Viewing Known Routers on a Network</a></li>
+<li><a href="#viewing_addresses_known_to_a_router">9.2.6. Viewing Addresses Known to a Router</a></li>
+<li><a href="#viewing_a_router_s_autolinks">9.2.7. Viewing a Router&#8217;s Autolinks</a></li>
+<li><a href="#viewing_the_status_of_a_router_s_link_routes">9.2.8. Viewing the Status of a Router&#8217;s Link Routes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#viewing_memory_consumption_information">9.2.9. Viewing Memory Consumption Information</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#managing-router">9.3. Managing Dispatch Router Using <code>qdmanage</code></a>
+<ul class="sectlevel3">
+<li><a href="#syntax_for_using_code_qdmanage_code">9.3.1. Syntax for Using <code>qdmanage</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#managing_network_connections">9.3.2. Managing Network Connections</a></li>
+<li><a href="#managing_security">9.3.3. Managing Security</a></li>
+<li><a href="#managing_routing">9.3.4. Managing Routing</a></li>
+<li><a href="#managing_logging">9.3.5. Managing Logging</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#management_entities">9.4. Management Entities</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#reliability">10. Reliability</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel2">
+<li><a href="#path_redundancy">10.1. Path Redundancy</a></li>
+<li><a href="#path_redundancy_and_temporal_decoupling">10.2. Path Redundancy and Temporal Decoupling</a></li>
+<li><a href="#sharded_queue">10.3. Sharded Queue</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#technical-details-specifications">11. Technical Details and Specifications</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel2">
+<li><a href="#client-compatibility">11.1. Client Compatibility</a></li>
+<li><a href="#amqp-mapping">11.2. AMQP Mapping</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel3">
+<li><a href="#message-annotations">11.2.1. Message Annotations</a></li>
+<li><a href="#sourcetarget-capabilities">11.2.2. Source/Target Capabilities</a></li>
+<li><a href="#dynamic-node-properties">11.2.3. Dynamic-Node-Properties</a></li>
+<li><a href="#addresses-and-address-formats">11.2.4. Addresses and Address Formats</a></li>
+<li><a href="#implementation-of-the-amqp-management-specification">11.2.5. Implementation of the AMQP Management Specification</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#cyrus-sasl">Appendix A: Using Cyrus SASL to Provide Authentication</a>
+<ul class="sectlevel2">
+<li><a href="#generating-sasl-database">A.1. Generating a SASL Database</a></li>
+<li><a href="#viewing_users_in_a_sasl_database">A.2. Viewing Users in a SASL Database</a></li>
+<li><a href="#configuring-sasl-database">A.3. Configuring a SASL Database</a></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="introduction">1. Introduction</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="overview">1.1. Overview</h3>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>The Dispatch Router is an AMQP message router that provides
+advanced interconnect capabilities. It allows flexible routing of
+messages between any AMQP-enabled endpoints, whether they be clients,
+servers, brokers or any other entity that can send or receive standard
+AMQP messages.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>A messaging client can make a single AMQP connection into a messaging
+bus built of Dispatch Router routers and, over that connection, exchange
+messages with one or more message brokers, and at the same time exchange
+messages directly with other endpoints without involving a broker at
+all.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>The router is an intermediary for messages but it is <em>not</em> a broker. It
+does not <em>take responsibility for</em> messages. It will, however, propagate
+settlement and disposition across a network such that delivery
+guarantees are met. In other words: the router network will deliver the
+message, possibly via several intermediate routers, <em>and</em> it will route
+the acknowledgement of that message by the ultimate receiver back across
+the same path. This means that <em>responsibility</em> for the message is
+transfered from the original sender to the ultimate receiver <em>as if
+they were directly connected</em>. However this is done via a flexible
+network that allows highly configurable routing of the message
+transparent to both sender and receiver.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>There are some patterns where this enables "brokerless messaging"
+approaches that are preferable to brokered approaches. In other cases a
+broker is essential (in particular where you need the separation of
+responsibility and/or the buffering provided by store-and-forward) but a
+dispatch network can still be useful to tie brokers and clients together
+into patterns that are difficult with a single broker.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>For a "brokerless" example, consider the common brokered implementation
+of the request-response pattern, a client puts a request on a queue and
+then waits for a reply on another queue. In this case the broker can be
+a hindrance - the client may want to know immediately if there is nobody
+to serve the request, but typically it can only wait for a timeout to
+discover this. With a Dispatch Router network, the client can be informed
+immediately if its message cannot be delivered because nobody is
+listening. When the client receives acknowledgement of the request it
+knows not just that it is sitting on a queue, but that it has actually
+been received by the server.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>For an exampe of using Dispatch Router to enhance the use of brokers, consider
+using an array of brokers to implement a scalable distributed work
+queue. A dispatch network can make this appear as a single queue, with
+senders publishing to a single address and receivers subscribing to a
+single address. The dispatch network can distribute work to any broker
+in the array and collect work from any broker for any receiver. Brokers
+can be shut down or added without affecting clients. This elegantly
+solves the common difficulty of "stuck messages" when implementing this
+pattern with brokers alone. If a receiver is connected to a broker that
+has no messages, but there are messages on another broker, you have to
+somehow transfer them or leave them "stuck". With a Dispatch Router network,
+<em>all</em> the receivers are connected to <em>all</em> the brokers. If there is a
+message anywhere it can be delivered to any receiver.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Dispatch Router is meant to be deployed in topologies of multiple routers,
+preferably with redundant paths. It uses link-state routing protocols
+and algorithms (similar to OSPF or IS-IS from the networking world) to
+calculate the best path from every point to every other point and to
+recover quickly from failures. It does not need to use clustering for
+high availability; rather, it relies on redundant paths to provide
+continued connectivity in the face of system or network failure. Because
+it never takes responsibility for messages it is effectively stateless.
+Messages not delivered to their final destination will not be
+acknowledged to the sender and therefore the sender can re-send such
+messages if it is disconnected from the network.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="benefits">1.2. Benefits</h3>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Simplifies connectivity</p>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist">
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p>An endpoint can do all of its messaging through a single transport
+connection</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>Avoid opening holes in firewalls for incoming connections</p>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Provides messaging connectivity where there is no TCP/IP connectivity</p>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist">
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p>A server or broker can be in a private IP network (behind a NAT
+firewall) and be accessible by messaging endpoints in other networks
+(learn more).</p>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Simplifies reliability</p>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist">
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p>Reliability and availability are provided using redundant topology,
+not server clustering</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>Reliable end-to-end messaging without persistent stores</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>Use a message broker only when you need store-and-forward semantics</p>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="features">1.3. Features</h3>
+<div class="ulist">
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p>Can be deployed stand-alone or in a network of routers</p>
+<div class="ulist">
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p>Supports arbitrary network topology - no restrictions on redundancy</p>
+<div class="ulist">
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p>Automatic route computation - adjusts quickly to changes in topology</p>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>Provides remote access to brokers or other AMQP servers</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>Security</p>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="theory_of_operation">2. Theory of Operation</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>This section introduces some key concepts about the router.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="overview_2">2.1. Overview</h3>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>The Dispatch Router is an <em>application layer</em> program running as a normal
+user program or as a daemon.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Dispatch Router accepts AMQP connections from clients and creates AMQP
+connections to brokers or AMQP-based services. Dispatch Router classifies
+incoming AMQP messages and routes the
+messages between message producers and message consumers.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Dispatch Router is meant to be deployed in topologies of multiple routers,
+preferably with redundant paths. It uses link-state routing protocols
+and algorithms similar to OSPF or IS-IS from the networking world to
+calculate the best path from every message source to every message
+destination and to recover quickly from failures. Dispatch Router relies on
+redundant network paths to provide continued connectivity in the face
+of system or network failure.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>A messaging client can make a single AMQP connection into a messaging
+bus built with routers and, over that connection, exchange messages
+with one or more message brokers connected to any router in the
+network. At the same time the client can exchange messages directly
+with other endpoints without involving a broker at all.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="connections">2.2. Connections</h3>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Dispatch Router connects clients, servers, AMQP services, and other
+routers through network connections.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="listener">2.2.1. Listener</h4>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Dispatch Router provides <em>listeners</em> that accept client connections.
+A client connecting to a router listener uses the
+same methods that it would use to connect to a broker. From the
+client&#8217;s perspective the router connection and link establishment are
+identical to broker connection and link establishment.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Several types of listeners are defined by their role.</p>
+</div>
+<table class="tableblock frame-all grid-all spread">
+<colgroup>
+<col style="width: 20%;">
+<col style="width: 80%;">
+</colgroup>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Role</p></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Description</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">normal</p></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">The connection is used for AMQP clients using normal message delivery.</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">inter-router</p></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">The connection is assumed to be to another router in the network.  Inter-router discovery and routing protocols can only be used over inter-router connections.</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">route-container</p></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">The connection is a broker or other resource that holds known addresses. The router will use this connection to create links as necessary. The addresses are available for routing only after the remote resource has created a connection.</p></td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="connector">2.2.2. Connector</h4>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Dispatch Router can also be configured to create outbound connections to
+messaging brokers or other AMQP entities using <em>connectors</em>. A
+connector is defined with the network address of the broker and the
+name or names of the resources that are available in that broker. When
+a router connects to a broker through a connector it uses the same
+methods a normal messaging client would use when connecting to the
+broker.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Several types of connectors are defined by their role.</p>
+</div>
+<table class="tableblock frame-all grid-all spread">
+<colgroup>
+<col style="width: 20%;">
+<col style="width: 80%;">
+</colgroup>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Role</p></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Description</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">normal</p></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">The connection is used for AMQP clients using normal message delivery. On this connector the router will initiate the connection but it will never create any links. Links are to be created by the peer that accepts the connection.</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">inter-router</p></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">The connection is assumed to be to another router in the network.  Inter-router discovery and routing protocols can only be used over inter-router connections.</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">route-container</p></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">The connection is to a broker or other resource that holds known addresses. The router will use this connection to create links as necessary. The addresses are available for routing only after the router has created a connection to the remote resource.</p></td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="addresses">2.3. Addresses</h3>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>AMQP addresses are used to control the flow of messages across a
+network of routers. Addresses are used in a number of different places
+in the AMQP 1.0 protocol. They can be used in a specific message in
+the <em>to</em> and <em>reply-to</em> fields of a message&#8217;s properties. They are also
+used during the creation of links in the <em>address</em> field of a <em>source</em> or
+a <em>target</em>.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock note">
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<div class="title">Note</div>
+</td>
+<td class="content">
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Addresses in this discussion refer to AMQP protocol addresses and not
+to TCP/IP network addresses. TCP/IP network addresses are used by
+messaging clients, brokers, and routers to create AMQP connections.
+AMQP protocol addresses are the names of source and destination
+endpoints for messages within the messaging network.</p>
+</div>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Addresses designate various kinds of entities in a messaging network:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist">
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p>Endpoint processes that consume data or offer a service</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>Topics that match multiple consumers to multiple producers</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>Entities within a messaging broker:</p>
+<div class="ulist">
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p>Queues</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>Durable Topics</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>Exchanges</p>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>The syntax of an AMQP address is opaque as far as the router network
+is concerned. A syntactical structure may be used by the administrator
+who creates addresses but the router treats them as opaque
+strings.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Dispatch Router maintains several classes of address based on how the address is
+configured or discovered.</p>
+</div>
+<table class="tableblock frame-all grid-all spread">
+<colgroup>
+<col style="width: 25%;">
+<col style="width: 75%;">
+</colgroup>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Address Type</p></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Description</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">mobile</p></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">The address is a rendezvous point between senders and receivers. The router aggregates and serializes messages from senders and distributes messages to receivers.</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">link route</p></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">The address defines a private messaging path between a sender and a receiver. The router simply passes messages between the end points.</p></td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="mobile_addresses">2.3.1. Mobile Addresses</h4>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Routers consider addresses to be mobile such that any users of an
+address may be directly connected to any router in a network and may
+move around the topology. In cases where messages are broadcast to or
+balanced across multiple consumers, the address users may be connected
+to multiple routers in the network.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Mobile addresses are rendezvous points for senders and receivers.
+Messages arrive at the mobile address and are dispatched to their
+destinations according to the routing defined for the mobile address.
+The details of these routing patterns are discussed later.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Mobile addresses may be discovered during normal router operation or
+configured through management settings.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="discovered_mobile_addresses">Discovered Mobile Addresses</h5>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Mobile addresses are created when a client creates a link to a source
+or destination address that is unknown to the router network.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Suppose a service provider wants to offer <em>my-service</em> that clients
+may use. The service provider must open a receiver link with source
+address <em>my-service</em>.  The router creates a mobile address
+<em>my-service</em> and propagates the address so that it is known to every
+router in the network.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Later a client wants to use the service and creates a sending link
+with target address <em>my-service</em>. The router matches the service
+provider&#8217;s receiver having source address <em>my-service</em> to the client&#8217;s
+sender having target address <em>my-service</em> and routes messages between
+the two.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Any number of other clients can create links to the service as
+well. The clients do not have to know where in the router network the
+service provider is physically located nor are the clients required to
+connect to a specific router to use the service. Regardless of how
+many clients are using the service the service provider needs only a
+single connection and link into the router network.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Another view of this same scenario is when a client tries to use the
+service before service provider has connected to the network. In this
+case the router network creates the mobile address <em>my-service</em> as
+before. However, since the mobile address has only client sender links
+and no receiver links the router stalls the clients and prevents them
+from sending any messages.  Later, after the service provider connects
+and creates the receiver link, the router will issue credits to the
+clients and the messages will begin to flow between the clients and
+the service.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>The service provider can connect, disconnect, and reconnect from a
+different location without having to change any of the clients or
+their connections.  Imagine having the service running on a
+laptop. One day the connection is from corporate headquarters and the
+next day the connection is from some remote location. In this case the
+service provider&#8217;s computer will typically have different host IP
+addresses for each connection. Using the router network the service
+provider connects to the router network and offers the named service
+and the clients connect to the router network and consume from the
+named service. The router network routes messages between the mobile
+addresses effectively masking host IP addresses of the service
+provider and the client systems.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="configured_mobile_addresses">Configured Mobile Addresses</h5>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Mobile addresses may be configured using the router <em>autoLink</em>
+object. An address created via an <em>autoLink</em> represents a queue,
+topic, or other service in an external broker. Logically the
+<em>autoLink</em> addresses are treated by the router network as if the
+broker had connected to the router and offered the services itself.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>For each configured mobile address the router will create a single
+link to the external resource. Messages flow between sender links and
+receiver links the same regardless if the mobile address was
+discovered or configured.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Multiple <em>autoLink</em> objects may define the same address on multiple
+brokers.  In this case the router network creates a sharded resource
+split between the brokers. Any client can seamlessly send and receive
+messages from either broker.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Note that the brokers do not need to be clustered or federated to
+receive this treatment. The brokers may even be from different vendors
+or be different versions of the same broker yet still work together to
+provide a larger service platform.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="link_route_addresses">2.3.2. Link Route Addresses</h4>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Link route addresses may be configured using the router <em>linkRoute</em>
+object. An link route address represents a queue, topic, or other
+service in an external broker similar to addresses configured by
+<em>autoLink</em> objects. For link route addresses the router propagates a
+separate link attachment to the broker resource for each incoming
+client link. The router does not automatically create any links to the
+broker resource.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Using link route addresses the router network does not participate in
+aggregated message distribution. The router simply passes message
+delivery and settlement between the two end points.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="message_routing">2.4. Message Routing</h3>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Addresses have semantics associated with them that are assigned when
+the address is provisioned or discovered.  The semantics of an address
+control how routers behave when they see the address being
+used. Address semantics include the following considerations:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist">
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p>Routing pattern - balanced, closest, multicast</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>Routing mechanism - message routed, link routed</p>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="routing_patterns">2.4.1. Routing Patterns</h4>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Routing patterns define the paths that a message with a mobile address
+can take across a network. These routing patterns can be used for both
+direct routing, in which the router distributes messages between
+clients without a broker, and indirect routing, in which the router
+enables clients to exchange messages through a broker.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Note that the routing patterns fall into two categories:  Anycast
+(Balanced and Closest) and Multicast.  There is no concept of
+"unicast" in which there is only one consumer for an address.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Anycast distribution delivers each message to one consumer whereas
+multicast distribution delivers each message to all consumers.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Anycast delivery is reliable when the message deliveries are
+unsettled.  There is a reliability contract that the router network
+abides by when delivering unsettled messages to anycast addresses.
+For every such delivery sent by a producer, the router network
+guarantees that one of the following outcomes will occur:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist">
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p>The delivery shall be settled with ACCEPTED or REJECTED disposition
+where the disposition is supplied by the consumer.</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>The delivery shall be settled with RELEASED disposition, meaning
+that the message was not delivered to any consumer.</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>The delivery shall be settled with MODIFIED disposition, meaning
+that the message may have been delivered to a consumer but should be
+considered in-doubt and re-sent.</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>The connection to the producer shall be dropped, signifying that all
+unsettled deliveries should now be considered in-doubt by the
+producer and later re-sent.</p>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Multicast delivery is not reliable.  If a producer sends an unsettled
+delivery, the ingress router shall settle the delivery with ACCEPTED
+disposition regardless of whether the message was delivered to any
+consumers.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="balanced">Balanced</h5>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>An anycast method which allows multiple receivers to use the same
+address. In this case, messages (or links) are routed to exactly one
+of the receivers and the network attempts to balance the traffic load
+across the set of receivers using the same address. This routing
+delivers messages to receivers based on how quickly they settle the
+deliveries. Faster receivers get more messages.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="closest">Closest</h5>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>An anycast method in which even if there are more receivers for the
+same address, every message is sent along the shortest path to reach
+the destination. This means that only one receiver will get the
+message. Each message is delivered to the closest receivers in terms
+of topology cost. If there are multiple receivers with the same lowest
+cost, deliveries will be spread evenly among those receivers.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="multicast">Multicast</h5>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Having multiple consumers on the same address at the same time,
+messages are routed such that each consumer receives one copy of the
+message.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="routing_mechanisms">2.4.2. Routing Mechanisms</h4>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>The fact that addresses can be used in different ways suggests that
+message routing can be accomplished in different ways. Before going
+into the specifics of the different routing mechanisms, it would be
+good to first define what is meant by the term <em>routing</em>:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre>In a network built of multiple, interconnected routers 'routing'
+determines which connection to use to send a message directly
+to its destination or one step closer to its destination.</pre>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Each router serves as the terminus of a collection of incoming and
+outgoing links. Some of the links are designated for message routing,
+and others are designated for link routing. In both cases, the links
+either connect directly to endpoints that produce and consume
+messages, or they connect to other routers in the network along
+previously established connections.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="message_routed">Message Routed</h5>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Message routing occurs upon delivery of a message and is done based on
+the address in the message&#8217;s <em>to</em> field.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>When a delivery arrives on an incoming message-routing link, the
+router extracts the address from the delivered message&#8217;s <em>to</em> field and
+looks the address up in its routing table. The lookup results in zero
+or more outgoing links onto which the message shall be resent.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Message routing can also occur without an address in the
+message&#8217;s <em>to</em> field if the incoming link has a target address. In
+fact, if the sender uses a link with a target address, the <em>to</em> field
+shall be ignored even if used.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="link_routed">Link Routed</h5>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Link routing occurs when a new link is attached to the router across
+one of its AMQP connections. It is done based on the <em>target.address</em>
+field of an inbound link and the <em>source.address</em> field of an outbound
+link.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Link routing uses the same routing table that message routing
+uses. The difference is that the routing occurs during the link-attach
+operation, and link attaches are propagated along the appropriate path
+to the destination. What results is a chain of links, connected
+end-to-end, from source to destination. It is similar to a virtual
+circuit in a telecom system.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Each router in the chain holds pairs of link termini that are tied
+together. The router then simply exchanges all deliveries, delivery
+state changes, and link state changes between the two termini.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>The endpoints that use the link chain do not see any difference in
+behavior between a link chain and a single point-to-point link. All of
+the features available in the link protocol (flow control,
+transactional delivery, etc.) are available over a routed link-chain.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="message_settlement">2.4.3. Message Settlement</h4>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Messages may be delivered with varying degrees of reliability.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist">
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p>At most once</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>At least once</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>Exactly once</p>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>The reliability is negotiated between the client and server during
+link establishment. The router handles all levels of reliability by treating
+messages as either <em>pre-settled</em> or <em>unsettled</em>.</p>
+</div>
+<table class="tableblock frame-all grid-all spread">
+<colgroup>
+<col style="width: 20%;">
+<col style="width: 80%;">
+</colgroup>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Delivery</p></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Handling</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">pre-settled</p></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">If the arriving delivery is pre-settled (i.e., fire and forget), the incoming delivery shall be settled by the router, and the outgoing deliveries shall also be pre-settled. In other words, the pre-settled nature of the message delivery is propagated across the network to the message&#8217;s destination.</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">unsettled</p></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Unsettled delivery is also propagated across the network. Because unsettled delivery records cannot be discarded, the router tracks the incoming deliveries and keeps the association of the incoming deliveries to the resulting outgoing deliveries. This kept association allows the router to continue to propagate changes in delivery state (settlement and disposition) back and forth along the path which the message traveled.</p></td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="security">2.5. Security</h3>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Dispatch Router uses the SSL protocol and related certificates and SASL
+protocol mechanisms to encrypt and authenticate remote peers. Router
+listeners act as network servers and router connectors act as network
+clients. Both connection types may be configured securely with SSL
+and SASL.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>The router <code>policy</code> module is an optional authorization mechanism
+enforcing user connection restrictions and AMQP resource access
+control.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="getting-started">3. Getting Started</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Before configuring Dispatch Router, you should understand how to start the router, how it is configured by default, and how to use it in a simple peer-to-peer configuration.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="starting-the-router">3.1. Starting the Router</h3>
+<div class="olist arabic">
+<div class="title">Procedure</div>
+<ol class="arabic">
+<li>
+<p>To start the router, use the <strong><code>qdrouterd</code></strong> command.</p>
+<div class="openblock">
+<div class="content">
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>This example uses the default configuration to start the router as a daemon:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre class="nowrap">$ qdrouterd -d</pre>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock note">
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<div class="title">Note</div>
+</td>
+<td class="content">
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>You can specify a different configuration file with which to start the router. For more information, see <a href="#methods-for-changing-router-configuration"><em>Changing a Router&#8217;s Configuration</em></a>.</p>
+</div>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>The router starts, using the default configuration file stored at <code>/etc/qpid-dispatch/qdrouterd.conf</code>.</p>
+</div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>View the log to verify the router status:</p>
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre class="nowrap">$ qdstat --log</pre>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>This example shows that the router was correctly installed, is running, and is ready to route traffic between clients:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre class="nowrap">$ qdstat --log
+Fri May 20 09:38:03 2017 SERVER (info) Container Name: Router.A <b class="conum">(1)</b>
+Fri May 20 09:38:03 2017 ROUTER (info) Router started in Standalone mode <b class="conum">(2)</b>
+Fri May 20 09:38:03 2017 ROUTER_CORE (info) Router Core thread running. 0/Router.A
+Fri May 20 09:38:03 2017 ROUTER_CORE (info) In-process subscription M/$management
+Fri May 20 09:38:03 2017 AGENT (info) Activating management agent on $_management_internal <b class="conum">(3)</b>
+Fri May 20 09:38:03 2017 ROUTER_CORE (info) In-process subscription L/$management
+Fri May 20 09:38:03 2017 ROUTER_CORE (info) In-process subscription L/$_management_internal
+Fri May 20 09:38:03 2017 DISPLAYNAME (info) Activating DisplayNameService on $displayname
+Fri May 20 09:38:03 2017 ROUTER_CORE (info) In-process subscription L/$displayname
+Fri May 20 09:38:03 2017 CONN_MGR (info) Configured Listener: 0.0.0.0:amqp proto=any role=normal <b class="conum">(4)</b>
+Fri May 20 09:38:03 2017 POLICY (info) Policy configured maximumConnections: 0, policyFolder: '', access rules enabled: 'false'
+Fri May 20 09:38:03 2017 POLICY (info) Policy fallback defaultApplication is disabled
+Fri May 20 09:38:03 2017 SERVER (info) Operational, 4 Threads Running <b class="conum">(5)</b></pre>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="colist arabic">
+<ol>
+<li>
+<p>The name of this router instance.</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>By default, the router starts in <em>standalone</em> mode, which means that it cannot connect to other routers or be used in a router network.</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>The management agent. It provides the <code>$management</code> address, through which management tools such as <code>qdmanage</code> and <code>qdstat</code> can perform create, read, update, and delete (CRUD) operations on the router. As an AMQP endpoint, the management agent supports all operations defined by the <a href="https://www.oasis-open.org/committees/download.php/54441/AMQP%20Management%20v1.0%20WD09">AMQP management specification (Draft 9)</a>.</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>A listener is started on all available network interfaces and listens for connections on the standard AMQP port (5672, which is not encrypted).</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>Threads for handling message traffic and all other internal operations.</p>
+</li>
+</ol>
+</div>
+</li>
+</ol>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="routing_messages_in_a_peer_to_peer_configuration">3.2. Routing Messages in a Peer-to-Peer Configuration</h3>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>This example demonstrates how the router can connect clients by receiving and sending messages between them. It uses the router&#8217;s default configuration file and does not require a broker.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align: center">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/01-peer-to-peer.png" alt="Peer-to-peer Communication">
+</div>
+<div class="title">Figure 1. Peer-to-peer Communication</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>As the diagram indicates, the configuration consists of an Dispatch Router component with two clients connected to it: a sender and a receiver. The receiver wants to receive messages on a specific address, and the sender sends
+messages to that address.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>A broker is not used in this example, so there is no <em>"store and forward"</em> mechanism in the middle. Instead, the messages flow from sender to receiver only if the receiver is online, and the sender can confirm that the messages have arrived at their destination.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>This example uses a Apache Qpid Proton Python client to start a receiver client, and then send five messages from the sender client.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<div class="title">Prerequisites</div>
+<p>Apache Qpid Proton Python must be installed before you can complete the peer-to-peer routing example. For more information, see <a href="https://qpid.apache.org/proton/" class="bare">https://qpid.apache.org/proton/</a>.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="olist arabic">
+<div class="title">Procedure</div>
+<ol class="arabic">
+<li>
+<p><a href="#starting-the-receiver-client">Start the receiver client</a>.</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p><a href="#sending-messages">Send messages</a>.</p>
+</li>
+</ol>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="starting-the-receiver-client">3.2.1. Starting the Receiver Client</h4>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>In this example, the receiver client is started first. This means that the messages will be sent as soon as the sender client is started.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock note">
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<div class="title">Note</div>
+</td>
+<td class="content">
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>In practice, the order in which you start senders and receivers does not matter. In both cases, messages will be sent as soon as the receiver comes online.</p>
+</div>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist">
+<div class="title">Procedure</div>
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p>To start the receiver by using the Python receiver client, navigate to the Python examples directory and run the <code>simple_recv.py</code> example:</p>
+<div class="openblock">
+<div class="content">
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre class="nowrap">$ cd <em>INSTALL_DIR</em>/examples/python/
+$ python simple_recv.py -a 127.0.0.1:5672/examples -m 5</pre>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>This command starts the receiver and listens on the default address (<code>127.0.0.1:5672/examples</code>). The receiver is also set to receive a maximum of five messages.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="sending-messages">3.2.2. Sending Messages</h4>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>After starting the receiver client, you can send messages from the sender. These messages will travel through the router to the receiver.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist">
+<div class="title">Procedure</div>
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p>In a new terminal window, navigate to the Python examples directory and run the <code>simple_send.py</code> example:</p>
+<div class="openblock">
+<div class="content">
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre class="nowrap">$ cd <em>INSTALL_DIR</em>/examples/python/
+$ python simple_send.py -a 127.0.0.1:5672/examples -m 5</pre>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>This command sends five auto-generated messages to the default address (<code>127.0.0.1:5672/examples</code>) and then confirms that they were delivered and acknowledged by the receiver:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre class="nowrap">all messages confirmed</pre>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>The receiver client receives the messages and displays their content:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre class="nowrap">{u'sequence': 1L}
+{u'sequence': 2L}
+{u'sequence': 3L}
+{u'sequence': 4L}
+{u'sequence': 5L}</pre>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="router-configuration">4. Configuration</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Before starting Dispatch Router, you should understand where the router&#8217;s configuration file is stored, how the file is structured, and the methods you can use to modify it.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="accessing_the_router_configuration_file">4.1. Accessing the Router Configuration File</h3>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>The router&#8217;s configuration is defined in the router configuration file. You can access this file to view and modify that configuration.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist">
+<div class="title">Procedure</div>
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p>Open the following file: <code>/etc/qpid-dispatch/qdrouterd.conf</code>.</p>
+<div class="openblock">
+<div class="content">
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>When Dispatch Router is installed, <code>qdrouterd.conf</code> is installed in this directory by default. When the router is started, it runs with the settings defined in this file.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>For more information about the router configuration file (including available entities and attributes), see the <a href="https://qpid.apache.org/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.0.1/man/qdrouterd.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener">qdrouterd man page</a>.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="how_the_router_configuration_file_is_structured">4.2. How the Router Configuration File is Structured</h3>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Before you can make changes to a router configuration file, you should understand how the file is structured.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>The configuration file contains sections. A section is a configurable entity, and it contains a set of attribute name-value pairs that define the settings for that entity. The syntax is as follows:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre class="nowrap">sectionName {
+    attributeName: attributeValue
+    attributeName: attributeValue
+    ...
+}</pre>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="methods-for-using-pattern-matching">4.3. Methods for Using Pattern Matching and Wildcards</h3>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>The router configuration file supports pattern matching and wildcards to enable you to match multiple values for certain attributes. However, the syntax varies based on the type of entity that you are configuring.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="router-address-pattern-matching">4.3.1. Pattern Matching for Addresses</h4>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>In some router configuration scenarios, you might need to use pattern matching to match a range of addresses rather than a single, literal address. Address patterns match any address that corresponds to the pattern.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>An address pattern is a sequence of tokens (typically words) that are delimited by either <code>.</code> or <code>/</code> characters. They also can contain special wildcard characters that represent words:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist">
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p><code>*</code> represents exactly one word</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p><code>#</code> represents zero or more words</p>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+<div class="exampleblock">
+<div class="title">Example 1. Address Pattern</div>
+<div class="content">
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>This address contains two tokens, separated by the <code>/</code> delimiter:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>my/address</code></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="exampleblock">
+<div class="title">Example 2. Address Pattern with Wildcard</div>
+<div class="content">
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>This address contains three tokens. The <code>*</code> is a wildcard, representing any single word that might be between <code>my</code> and <code>address</code>:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>my/*/address</code></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>The following table shows some address patterns and examples of the addresses that would match them:</p>
+</div>
+<table class="tableblock frame-all grid-all spread">
+<colgroup>
+<col style="width: 33.3333%;">
+<col style="width: 33.3333%;">
+<col style="width: 33.3334%;">
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+<tr>
+<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">This pattern&#8230;&#8203;</th>
+<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Matches&#8230;&#8203;</th>
+<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">But not&#8230;&#8203;</th>
+</tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>news/*</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>news/europe</code></p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>news/usa</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>news</code></p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>news/usa/sports</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>news/#</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>news</code></p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>news/europe</code></p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>news/usa/sports</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>europe</code></p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>usa</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>news/europe/#</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>news/europe</code></p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>news/europe/sports</code></p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>news/europe/politics/fr</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>news/usa</code></p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>europe</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>news/*/sports</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>news/europe/sports</code></p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>news/usa/sports</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>news</code></p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>news/europe/fr/sports</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="pattern-matching-vhost-policy-hostnames">4.3.2. Pattern Matching for Vhost Policy Hostnames</h4>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>In a vhost policy, vhost hostnames can be either literal hostnames or patterns that cover a range of hostnames.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>A hostname pattern is a sequence of words with one or more of the following wildcard characters:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist">
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p><code>*</code> represents exactly one word</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p><code>#</code> represents zero or more words</p>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>The following table shows some examples of hostname patterns:</p>
+</div>
+<table class="tableblock frame-all grid-all spread">
+<colgroup>
+<col style="width: 33.3333%;">
+<col style="width: 33.3333%;">
+<col style="width: 33.3334%;">
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+<tr>
+<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">This pattern&#8230;&#8203;</th>
+<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Matches&#8230;&#8203;</th>
+<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">But not&#8230;&#8203;</th>
+</tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>*.example.com</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>www.example.com</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>example.com</code>
+<code>srv2.www.example.com</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>#.example.com</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>example.com</code>
+<code>www.example.com</code>
+<code>a.b.c.d.example.com</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>myhost.com</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>www.*.test.example.com</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>www.a.test.example.com</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>www.test.example.com</code>
+<code>www.a.b.c.test.example.com</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>www.#.test.example.com</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>www.test.example.com</code>
+<code>www.a.test.example.com</code>
+<code>www.a.b.c.test.example.com</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><div><div class="paragraph">
+<p><code>test.example.com</code></p>
+</div></div></td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Vhost hostname pattern matching applies the following precedence rules:</p>
+</div>
+<table class="tableblock frame-all grid-all spread">
+<colgroup>
+<col style="width: 50%;">
+<col style="width: 50%;">
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+<tr>
+<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Policy pattern</th>
+<th class="tableblock halign-left valign-top">Precedence</th>
+</tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Exact match</p></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">High</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">*</p></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Medium</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">#</p></td>
+<td class="tableblock halign-left valign-top"><p class="tableblock">Low</p></td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+<div class="admonitionblock note">
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<div class="title">Note</div>
+</td>
+<td class="content">
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Dispatch Router does not permit you to create vhost hostname patterns that conflict with existing patterns. This includes patterns that can be reduced to be the same as an existing pattern. For example, you would not be able to create the <code>#.#.#.#.com</code> pattern if <code>#.com</code> already exists.</p>
+</div>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="methods-for-changing-router-configuration">4.4. Changing a Router&#8217;s Configuration</h3>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>You can use different methods for changing a router&#8217;s configuration based on whether the router is currently running, and whether you want the change to take effect immediately.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist">
+<div class="title">Choices</div>
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p><a href="#making-permanent-change-to-router-configuration">Make a permanent change to the router&#8217;s configuration</a>.</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p><a href="#changing-configuration-for-running-router">Change the configuration for a running router.</a></p>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="making-permanent-change-to-router-configuration">4.4.1. Making a Permanent Change to the Router&#8217;s Configuration</h4>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>You can make a permanent change to the router&#8217;s configuration by editing the router&#8217;s configuration file directly. You must restart the router for the changes to take effect, but the changes will be saved even if the router is stopped.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="olist arabic">
+<div class="title">Procedure</div>
+<ol class="arabic">
+<li>
+<p>Do one of the following:</p>
+<div class="ulist">
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p>Edit the default configuration file (<code>/etc/qpid-dispatch/qdrouterd.conf</code>).</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>Create a new configuration file.</p>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>Start (or restart) the router.</p>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>If you created a new configuration file, you must specify the path using the <code>--conf</code> parameter. For example, the following command starts the router with a non-default configuration file:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre class="nowrap">$ sudo qdrouterd -d --conf /etc/qpid-dispatch/new-configuration-file.conf</pre>
+</div>
+</div>
+</li>
+</ol>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="changing-configuration-for-running-router">4.4.2. Changing the Configuration for a Running Router</h4>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>If the router is running, you can change its configuration on the fly. The changes you make take effect immediately, but are lost if the router is stopped.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist">
+<div class="title">Procedure</div>
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p>Use <code>qdmanage</code> to change the configuration.</p>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>For more information about using <code>qdmanage</code>, see <a href="#managing-router">Managing Dispatch Router Using <em>qdmanage</em></a>.</p>
+</div>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="default_configuration_settings">4.5. Default Configuration Settings</h3>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>The router&#8217;s configuration file controls the way in which the router functions. The default configuration file contains the minimum number of settings required for the router to run. As you become more familiar with the router, you can add to or change these settings, or create your own configuration files.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>When you installed Dispatch Router, the default configuration file was added at the following path: <code>/etc/qpid-dispatch/qdrouterd.conf</code>. It includes some basic configuration settings that define the router&#8217;s operating mode, how it listens for incoming connections, and routing patterns for the message routing mechanism.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="title">Default Configuration File</div>
+<div class="content">
+<pre class="nowrap">router {
+    mode: standalone <b class="conum">(1)</b>
+    id: Router.A <b class="conum">(2)</b>
+}
+
+listener { <b class="conum">(3)</b>
+    host: 0.0.0.0 <b class="conum">(4)</b>
+    port: amqp <b class="conum">(5)</b>
+    authenticatePeer: no <b class="conum">(6)</b>
+}
+
+address { <b class="conum">(7)</b>
+    prefix: closest
+    distribution: closest
+}
+
+address {
+    prefix: multicast
+    distribution: multicast
+}
+
+address {
+    prefix: unicast
+    distribution: closest
+}
+
+address {
+    prefix: exclusive
+    distribution: closest
+}
+
+address {
+    prefix: broadcast
+    distribution: multicast
+}</pre>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="colist arabic">
+<ol>
+<li>
+<p>By default, the router operates in <em>standalone</em> mode. This means that it can only communicate with endpoints that are directly connected to it. It cannot connect to other routers, or participate in a router network.</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>The unique identifier of the router. This ID is used as the <code>container-id</code> (container name) at the AMQP protocol level. It is required, and the router will not start if this attribute is not defined.</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>The <code>listener</code> entity handles incoming connections from client endpoints.</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>The IP address on which the router will listen for incoming connections. By default, the router is configured to listen on all network interfaces.</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>The port on which the router will listen for incoming connections. By default, the default AMQP port (5672) is specified with a symbolic service name.</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>Specifies whether the router should authenticate peers before they can connect to the router. By default, peer authentication is not required.</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>By default, the router is configured to use the message routing mechanism. Each <code>address</code> entity defines how messages that are received with a particular address <code>prefix</code> should be distributed. For example, all messages with addresses that start with <code>closest</code> will be distributed using the <code>closest</code> distribution pattern.</p>
+</li>
+</ol>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock note">
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<div class="title">Note</div>
+</td>
+<td class="content">
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>If a client requests a message with an address that is not defined in the router&#8217;s configuration file, the <code>balanced</code> distribution pattern will be used automatically.</p>
+</div>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="setting_essential_configuration_properties">4.6. Setting Essential Configuration Properties</h3>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>The router&#8217;s default configuration settings enable the router to run with minimal configuration. However, you may need to change some of these settings for the router to run properly in your environment.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="olist arabic">
+<div class="title">Procedure</div>
+<ol class="arabic">
+<li>
+<p>Open the router&#8217;s configuration file.</p>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>If you are changing the router&#8217;s default configuration file, the file is located at <code>/etc/qpid-dispatch/qdrouterd.conf</code>.</p>
+</div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>To define essential router information, change the following attributes as needed in the <code>router</code> section:</p>
+<div class="openblock">
+<div class="content">
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre class="nowrap">router {
+    mode: <em>STANDALONE/INTERIOR</em>
+    id: <em>ROUTER_ID</em>
+}</pre>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="dlist">
+<dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1"><code>mode</code></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>Specify one of the following modes:</p>
+<div class="ulist">
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p><code>standalone</code> - Use this mode if the router does not communicate with other routers and is not part of a router network. When operating in this mode, the router only routes messages between directly connected endpoints.</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p><code>interior</code> - Use this mode if the router is part of a router network and needs to collaborate with other routers.</p>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1"><code>id</code></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>The unique identifier for the router. This ID will also be the container name at the AMQP protocol level.</p>
+</dd>
+</dl>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>For information about additional attributes, see <a href="https://qpid.apache.org/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.0.1/man/qdrouterd.conf.html#_router">router</a> in the <code>qdrouterd.conf</code> man page.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>If necessary for your environment, secure the router.</p>
+<div class="openblock">
+<div class="content">
+<div class="ulist">
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p><a href="#setting-up-ssl-for-encryption-and-authentication">Set up SSL/TLS for encryption, authentication, or both</a></p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p><a href="#setting-up-sasl-for-authentication-and-payload-encryption">Set up SASL for authentication and payload encryption</a></p>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>Connect the router to other routers, clients, and brokers.</p>
+<div class="openblock">
+<div class="content">
+<div class="ulist">
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p><a href="#adding-incoming-connections">Add incoming connections</a></p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p><a href="#adding-outgoing-connections">Add outgoing connections</a></p>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>Set up routing for your environment:</p>
+<div class="openblock">
+<div class="content">
+<div class="ulist">
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p><a href="#routing-messages-between-clients">Configure the router to route messages between clients directly</a></p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p><a href="#routing-messages-through-broker">Configure the router to route messages through a broker queue</a></p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p><a href="#creating-link-route">Create a link route to define a private messaging path between endpoints</a></p>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p><a href="#logging">Set up logging</a>.</p>
+</li>
+</ol>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="router-network-connections">5. Network Connections</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Connections define how the router communicates with clients, other routers, and brokers. You can configure <em>incoming connections</em> to define how the router listens for data from clients and other routers, and you can configure <em>outgoing connections</em> to define how the router sends data to other routers and brokers.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="adding-incoming-connections">5.1. Listening for Incoming Connections</h3>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Listening for incoming connections involves setting the host and port on which the router should listen for traffic.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="olist arabic">
+<div class="title">Procedure</div>
+<ol class="arabic">
+<li>
+<p>In the router&#8217;s configuration file, add a <code>listener</code>:</p>
+<div class="openblock">
+<div class="content">
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre class="nowrap">listener {
+    host: <em>HOST_NAME/ADDRESS</em>
+    port: <em>PORT_NUMBER/NAME</em>
+    ...
+}</pre>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="dlist">
+<dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1"><code>host</code></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>Either an IP address (IPv4 or IPv6) or hostname on which the router should listen for incoming connections.</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1"><code>port</code></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>The port number or symbolic service name on which the router should listen for incoming connections.</p>
+</dd>
+</dl>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>For information about additional attributes, see <a href="https://qpid.apache.org/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.0.1/man/qdrouterd.conf.html#_listener">listener</a> in the <code>qdrouterd.conf</code> man page.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>If necessary, <a href="#securing-incoming-connections">secure the connection</a>.</p>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>If you have set up SSL/TLS or SASL in your environment, you can configure the router to only accept encrypted or authenticated communication on this connection.</p>
+</div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>If you want the router to listen for incoming connections on additional hosts or ports, configure an additional <code>listener</code> entity for each host and port.</p>
+</li>
+</ol>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="adding-outgoing-connections">5.2. Adding Outgoing Connections</h3>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Configuring outgoing connections involves setting the host and port on which the router connects to other routers and brokers.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>When a router connects to a broker, the broker might provide backup connection data that the router can use if the primary connection fails. If the primary connection fails, the router attempts to reconnect by using a combination of the primary and&#8201;&#8212;&#8201;if provided&#8201;&#8212;&#8201;backup connections in round-robin fashion until the connection is successful. For more information about viewing the backup connection data provided by the broker, see <a href="#managing-connectors">Managing Connectors</a>.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="olist arabic">
+<div class="title">Procedure</div>
+<ol class="arabic">
+<li>
+<p>In the router&#8217;s configuration file, add a <code>connector</code>:</p>
+<div class="openblock">
+<div class="content">
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre class="nowrap">connector {
+    name: <em>NAME</em>
+    host: <em>HOST_NAME/ADDRESS</em>
+    port: <em>PORT_NUMBER/NAME</em>
+    ...
+}</pre>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="dlist">
+<dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1"><code>name</code></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>The name of the <code>connector</code>. You should specify a name that describes the entity to which the connector connects. This name is used by configured addresses (for example, a <code>linkRoute</code> entity) in order to specify which connection should be used for them.</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1"><code>host</code></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>Either an IP address (IPv4 or IPv6) or hostname on which the router should connect.</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1"><code>port</code></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>The port number or symbolic service name on which the router should connect.</p>
+</dd>
+</dl>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>For information about additional attributes, see <a href="https://qpid.apache.org/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.0.1/man/qdrouterd.conf.html#_connector">connector</a> in the <code>qdrouterd.conf</code> man page.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>If necessary, <a href="#securing-outgoing-connections">secure the connection</a>.</p>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>If you have set up SSL/TLS or SASL in your environment, you can configure the router to only send encrypted or authenticated communication on this connection.</p>
+</div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>For each remaining router or broker to which this router should connect, configure an additional <code>connector</code> entity.</p>
+</li>
+</ol>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="security-config">6. Security</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Securing your router network involves configuring authentication and authorization. You can authenticate and encrypt the router&#8217;s connections using SSL/TLS or SASL. Additionally, you can authorize access to messaging resources by setting user connection restrictions and defining AMQP resource access control.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="authenticating_remote_peers">6.1. Authenticating Remote Peers</h3>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>You can configure Dispatch Router to communicate with clients, routers, and brokers in a secure way by authenticating and encrypting the router&#8217;s connections. Dispatch Router supports the following security protocols:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist">
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p><em>SSL/TLS</em> for certificate-based encryption and mutual authentication</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p><em>SASL</em> for authentication and payload encryption</p>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="setting-up-ssl-for-encryption-and-authentication">6.1.1. Setting Up SSL/TLS for Encryption and Authentication</h4>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>Before you can secure incoming and outgoing connections using SSL/TLS encryption and authentication, you must first set up the SSL/TLS profile in the router&#8217;s configuration file.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<div class="title">Prerequisites</div>
+<p>You must have the following files in PEM format:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist">
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p>An X.509 CA certificate (used for signing the router certificate for the SSL/TLS server authentication feature).</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>A private key (with or without password protection) for the router.</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>An X.509 router certificate signed by the X.509 CA certificate.</p>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist">
+<div class="title">Procedure</div>
+<ul>
+<li>
+<p>In the router&#8217;s configuration file, add an <code>sslProfile</code> section:</p>
+<div class="openblock">
+<div class="content">
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre class="nowrap">sslProfile {
+    name: <em>NAME</em>
+    ciphers: <em>CIPHERS</em>
+    protocols: <em>PROTOCOL</em>
+    caCertFile: <em>PATH</em>.pem
+    certFile: <em>PATH</em>.pem
+    privateKeyFile: <em>PATH</em>.pem
+    password: <em>PASSWORD/PATH_TO_PASSWORD_FILE</em>
+    ...
+}</pre>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="dlist">
+<dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1"><code>name</code></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>A name for the SSL/TLS profile. You can use this name to refer to the profile from the incoming and outgoing connections.</p>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>For example:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre class="nowrap">name: router-ssl-profile</pre>
+</div>
+</div>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1"><code>ciphers</code></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>The SSL cipher suites that can be used by this SSL/TLS profile. If certain ciphers are unsuitable for your environment, you can use this attribute to restrict them from being used.</p>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>To enable a cipher list, enter one or more cipher strings separated by colons (<code>:</code>).</p>
+</div>
+<div class="exampleblock">
+<div class="title">Example 3. Enabling a Cipher List</div>
+<div class="content">
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre class="nowrap">ciphers: ALL:!aNULL:!EXPORT56:RC4+RSA:+HIGH:+MEDIUM:+LOW:+SSLv2:+EXP</pre>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>To see the full list of available ciphers, use the <code>openssl ciphers</code> command. For more information about each cipher, see the <a href="https://www.openssl.org/docs/manmaster/man1/ciphers.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener">ciphers man page</a>.</p>
+</div>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1"><code>protocols</code></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>The SSL/TLS protocols that this router can use. You can specify a list of one or more of the following values: TLSv1, TLSv1.1, or TLSv1.2.</p>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>To specify multiple protocols, separate the protocols with a space.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="exampleblock">
+<div class="title">Example 4. Specifying Multiple Protocols</div>
+<div class="content">
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>This example permits the SSL/TLS profile to use TLS v1.1 and TLS v1.2 only:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre class="nowrap">protocols: TLSv1.1 TLSv1.2</pre>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>If you do not specify a value, the router will use the TLS protocol specified by the system-wide configuration.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock note">
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<div class="title">Note</div>
+</td>
+<td class="content">
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>When setting the TLS protocol versions for the router, you should also consider the TLS protocol version (or versions) used by your client applications. If a subset of TLS protocol versions does not exist between a client and the router, the client will not be able to connect to the router.</p>
+</div>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1"><code>caCertFile</code></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>The absolute path to the file that contains the public certificates of trusted certificate authorities (CA).</p>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>For example:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre class="nowrap">caCertFile: /qdrouterd/ssl_certs/ca-cert.pem</pre>
+</div>
+</div>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1"><code>certFile</code></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>The absolute path to the file containing the PEM-formatted public certificate to be used on the local end of any connections using this profile.</p>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>For example:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre class="nowrap">certFile: /qdrouterd/ssl_certs/router-cert-pwd.pem</pre>
+</div>
+</div>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1"><code>privateKeyFile</code></dt>
+<dd>
+<p>The absolute path to the file containing the PEM-formatted private key for the above certificate.</p>
+<div class="paragraph">
+<p>For example:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre class="nowrap">privateKeyFile: /qdrouterd/ssl_certs/router-key-pwd.pem</pre>
+</div>
+</div>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1"><code>passwordFile</code> or <code>password</code></dt>
+<dd>
+<p

<TRUNCATED>

---------------------------------------------------------------------
To unsubscribe, e-mail: commits-unsubscribe@qpid.apache.org
For additional commands, e-mail: commits-help@qpid.apache.org


[7/7] qpid-site git commit: Doc updates for Qpid Dispatch router 1.3.0 release

Posted by gm...@apache.org.
Doc updates for Qpid Dispatch router 1.3.0 release


Project: http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/repo
Commit: http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/commit/f17c8263
Tree: http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/tree/f17c8263
Diff: http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/diff/f17c8263

Branch: refs/heads/asf-site
Commit: f17c8263f61547552dbf223bb8dd6b242d48a44f
Parents: 274e854
Author: Ganesh Murthy <gm...@redhat.com>
Authored: Sun Aug 12 10:43:51 2018 -0400
Committer: Ganesh Murthy <gm...@redhat.com>
Committed: Sun Aug 12 10:43:51 2018 -0400

----------------------------------------------------------------------
 content/components/dispatch-router/index.html   |   14 +-
 content/dashboard.html                          |    2 +-
 content/documentation.html                      |    2 +-
 content/download.html                           |    6 +-
 content/releases/index.html                     |    3 +-
 content/releases/qpid-dispatch-0.6.0/index.html |    2 +-
 content/releases/qpid-dispatch-0.6.1/index.html |    2 +-
 content/releases/qpid-dispatch-0.7.0/index.html |    2 +-
 content/releases/qpid-dispatch-0.8.0/index.html |    2 +-
 content/releases/qpid-dispatch-0.8.1/index.html |    2 +-
 content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.0.0/index.html |    2 +-
 content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.0.1/index.html |    2 +-
 content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.1.0/index.html |    2 +-
 content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.2.0/index.html |    2 +-
 content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/index.html |  207 +
 .../qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/man/qdmanage.html       |  390 +
 .../qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/man/qdrouterd.conf.html | 1568 ++++
 .../qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/man/qdrouterd.html      |  199 +
 .../qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/man/qdstat.html         |  940 ++
 .../qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/release-notes.html      |  196 +
 .../user-guide/images/01-peer-to-peer.png       |  Bin 0 -> 20101 bytes
 .../user-guide/images/balanced-routing.png      |  Bin 0 -> 43261 bytes
 .../user-guide/images/brokered-messaging.png    |  Bin 0 -> 50206 bytes
 .../user-guide/images/closest-routing.png       |  Bin 0 -> 39803 bytes
 .../user-guide/images/console1.png              |  Bin 0 -> 40412 bytes
 .../user-guide/images/console_charts.png        |  Bin 0 -> 70070 bytes
 .../user-guide/images/console_entity.png        |  Bin 0 -> 69319 bytes
 .../user-guide/images/console_login.png         |  Bin 0 -> 39915 bytes
 .../user-guide/images/console_overview.png      |  Bin 0 -> 87960 bytes
 .../user-guide/images/console_schema.png        |  Bin 0 -> 68025 bytes
 .../user-guide/images/console_topology.png      |  Bin 0 -> 67338 bytes
 .../user-guide/images/link-routing.png          |  Bin 0 -> 46968 bytes
 .../user-guide/images/message-routing.png       |  Bin 0 -> 35861 bytes
 .../user-guide/images/multicast-routing.png     |  Bin 0 -> 44923 bytes
 .../user-guide/images/path-redundancy-01.png    |  Bin 0 -> 47995 bytes
 .../user-guide/images/path-redundancy-02.png    |  Bin 0 -> 42131 bytes
 .../path-redundancy-temp-decoupling-01.png      |  Bin 0 -> 47766 bytes
 .../path-redundancy-temp-decoupling-02.png      |  Bin 0 -> 49105 bytes
 .../user-guide/images/sharded-queue-01.png      |  Bin 0 -> 28383 bytes
 .../user-guide/images/sharded-queue-02.png      |  Bin 0 -> 62233 bytes
 .../qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/index.html   | 8003 ++++++++++++++++++
 .../releases/qpid-dispatch-master/index.html    |    2 +-
 input/_transom_config.py                        |    2 +-
 input/releases/index.md                         |    3 +-
 input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/index.md     |   67 +
 .../qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/man/qdmanage.html.in    |  246 +
 .../man/qdrouterd.conf.html.in                  | 1424 ++++
 .../qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/man/qdrouterd.html.in   |   55 +
 .../qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/man/qdstat.html.in      |  796 ++
 .../qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/release-notes.md        |   68 +
 .../user-guide/images/01-peer-to-peer.png       |  Bin 0 -> 20101 bytes
 .../user-guide/images/balanced-routing.png      |  Bin 0 -> 43261 bytes
 .../user-guide/images/brokered-messaging.png    |  Bin 0 -> 50206 bytes
 .../user-guide/images/closest-routing.png       |  Bin 0 -> 39803 bytes
 .../user-guide/images/console1.png              |  Bin 0 -> 40412 bytes
 .../user-guide/images/console_charts.png        |  Bin 0 -> 70070 bytes
 .../user-guide/images/console_entity.png        |  Bin 0 -> 69319 bytes
 .../user-guide/images/console_login.png         |  Bin 0 -> 39915 bytes
 .../user-guide/images/console_overview.png      |  Bin 0 -> 87960 bytes
 .../user-guide/images/console_schema.png        |  Bin 0 -> 68025 bytes
 .../user-guide/images/console_topology.png      |  Bin 0 -> 67338 bytes
 .../user-guide/images/link-routing.png          |  Bin 0 -> 46968 bytes
 .../user-guide/images/message-routing.png       |  Bin 0 -> 35861 bytes
 .../user-guide/images/multicast-routing.png     |  Bin 0 -> 44923 bytes
 .../user-guide/images/path-redundancy-01.png    |  Bin 0 -> 47995 bytes
 .../user-guide/images/path-redundancy-02.png    |  Bin 0 -> 42131 bytes
 .../path-redundancy-temp-decoupling-01.png      |  Bin 0 -> 47766 bytes
 .../path-redundancy-temp-decoupling-02.png      |  Bin 0 -> 49105 bytes
 .../user-guide/images/sharded-queue-01.png      |  Bin 0 -> 28383 bytes
 .../user-guide/images/sharded-queue-02.png      |  Bin 0 -> 62233 bytes
 .../user-guide/index.html.in                    | 7860 +++++++++++++++++
 71 files changed, 22046 insertions(+), 25 deletions(-)
----------------------------------------------------------------------


http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/content/components/dispatch-router/index.html
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/content/components/dispatch-router/index.html b/content/components/dispatch-router/index.html
index b7f6b66..2996823 100644
--- a/content/components/dispatch-router/index.html
+++ b/content/components/dispatch-router/index.html
@@ -145,8 +145,8 @@ they be clients, brokers or other AMQP-enabled services.  More about
 <div class="column">
 
 <ul>
-<li><a href="/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.2.0/user-guide/index.html">Dispatch router book</a></li>
-<li><a href="https://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf?p=qpid-dispatch.git;a=blob_plain;f=README;hb=1.2.0">Installing Qpid Dispatch</a></li>
+<li><a href="/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/index.html">Dispatch router book</a></li>
+<li><a href="https://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf?p=qpid-dispatch.git;a=blob_plain;f=README;hb=1.3.0">Installing Qpid Dispatch</a></li>
 </ul>
 
 </div>
@@ -154,10 +154,10 @@ they be clients, brokers or other AMQP-enabled services.  More about
 <div class="column">
 
 <ul>
-<li><a href="/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.2.0/man/qdrouterd.html">qdrouterd</a> - Router daemon</li>
-<li><a href="/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.2.0/man/qdrouterd.conf.html">qdrouterd.conf</a> - Daemon configuration</li>
-<li><a href="/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.2.0/man/qdstat.html">qdstat</a> - Get router statistics</li>
-<li><a href="/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.2.0/man/qdmanage.html">qdmanage</a> - Manage the router</li>
+<li><a href="/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/man/qdrouterd.html">qdrouterd</a> - Router daemon</li>
+<li><a href="/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/man/qdrouterd.conf.html">qdrouterd.conf</a> - Daemon configuration</li>
+<li><a href="/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/man/qdstat.html">qdstat</a> - Get router statistics</li>
+<li><a href="/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/man/qdmanage.html">qdmanage</a> - Manage the router</li>
 </ul>
 
 </div>
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ they be clients, brokers or other AMQP-enabled services.  More about
 <h2 id="releases">Releases</h2>
 
 <ul>
-<li><a href="/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.2.0">Qpid Dispatch 1.2.0</a></li>
+<li><a href="/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0">Qpid Dispatch 1.3.0</a></li>
 <li><a href="/releases/index.html#past-releases">Past releases</a></li>
 <li><a href="/releases/qpid-dispatch-master/index.html">Work in progress</a></li>
 </ul>

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/content/dashboard.html
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/content/dashboard.html b/content/dashboard.html
index 0ed998d..01b02d9 100644
--- a/content/dashboard.html
+++ b/content/dashboard.html
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ https://github.com/apache/qpid-proton/blob/go1{/dir}/{file}#L{line}"/>
 </tr>
 <tr>
   <td><a href="/components/dispatch-router/index.html">Qpid Dispatch</a></td>
-  <td><a href="/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.2.0">1.2.0</a></td>
+  <td><a href="/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0">1.3.0</a></td>
   <td><a href="https://issues.apache.org/jira/projects/DISPATCH">Summary</a> &#x2022; <a href="https://issues.apache.org/jira/issues/?jql=project+%3D+DISPATCH+and+resolution+is+null">Open issues</a> &#x2022; <a href="https://issues.apache.org/jira/issues/?jql=project+%3D+DISPATCH">All issues</a> &#x2022; <a href="https://issues.apache.org/jira/secure/CreateIssue!default.jspa?pid=12315321">Create issue</a></td>
   <td><a href="https://travis-ci.org/apache/qpid-dispatch"><img src="https://travis-ci.org/apache/qpid-dispatch.svg?branch=master" height="20"/></a></td>
   <td><a href="https://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-dispatch.git">Git</a> &#x2022; <a href="https://github.com/apache/qpid-dispatch">GitHub</a></td>

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/content/documentation.html
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/content/documentation.html b/content/documentation.html
index 1e60909..0032231 100644
--- a/content/documentation.html
+++ b/content/documentation.html
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ You can find older versions with our
 
 <ul>
 <li><a href="/components/dispatch-router/index.html">Overview</a></li>
-<li><a href="/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.2.0/user-guide/index.html">Dispatch router book</a></li>
+<li><a href="/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/user-guide/index.html">Dispatch router book</a></li>
 </ul>
 
 </section>

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/content/download.html
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/content/download.html b/content/download.html
index f39eab7..e3e00db 100644
--- a/content/download.html
+++ b/content/download.html
@@ -198,9 +198,9 @@ https://github.com/apache/qpid-proton/blob/go1{/dir}/{file}#L{line}"/>
 </tr>
 <tr>
   <td><a href="/components/dispatch-router/index.html">Dispatch router</a></td>
-  <td>1.2.0</td>
-  <td><a href="http://www.apache.org/dyn/closer.lua/qpid/dispatch/1.2.0/qpid-dispatch-1.2.0.tar.gz">Source</a> (<a href="https://www.apache.org/dist/qpid/dispatch/1.2.0/qpid-dispatch-1.2.0.tar.gz.asc">ASC</a>, <a href="https://www.apache.org/dist/qpid/dispatch/1.2.0/qpid-dispatch-1.2.0.tar.gz.sha512">SHA512</a>)</td>
-  <td><a href="/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.2.0/index.html">Release Page</a></td>
+  <td>1.3.0</td>
+  <td><a href="http://www.apache.org/dyn/closer.lua/qpid/dispatch/1.3.0/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0.tar.gz">Source</a> (<a href="https://www.apache.org/dist/qpid/dispatch/1.3.0/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0.tar.gz.asc">ASC</a>, <a href="https://www.apache.org/dist/qpid/dispatch/1.3.0/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0.tar.gz.sha512">SHA512</a>)</td>
+  <td><a href="/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/index.html">Release Page</a></td>
 </tr>
 </tbody>
 </table>

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/content/releases/index.html
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/content/releases/index.html b/content/releases/index.html
index bfabe00..6ce4c0f 100644
--- a/content/releases/index.html
+++ b/content/releases/index.html
@@ -126,11 +126,11 @@ the
 <div class="two-column">
 
 <ul>
+<li><a href="qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/index.html">Qpid Dispatch 1.3.0</a>, July 2018</li>
 <li><a href="qpid-proton-j-0.28.1/index.html">Qpid Proton-J 0.28.1</a>, August 2018</li>
 <li><a href="qpid-proton-j-0.27.3/index.html">Qpid Proton-J 0.27.3</a>, August 2018</li>
 <li><a href="qpid-jms-0.35.0/index.html">Qpid JMS 0.35.0</a>, July 2018</li>
 <li><a href="qpid-jms-amqp-0-x-6.3.2/index.html">Qpid JMS AMQP 0-x 6.3.2</a>, July 2017</li>
-<li><a href="qpid-dispatch-1.2.0/index.html">Qpid Dispatch 1.2.0</a>, July 2018</li>
 <li><a href="qpid-proton-0.24.0/index.html">Qpid Proton 0.24.0</a>, June 2018</li>
 <li><a href="qpid-broker-j-7.0.6/index.html">Qpid Broker-J 7.0.6</a>, June 2018</li>
 <li><a href="qpid-java-6.1.6/index.html">Qpid for Java 6.1.6</a>, April 2018</li>
@@ -146,6 +146,7 @@ the
 <div class="two-column">
 
 <ul>
+<li><a href="qpid-dispatch-1.2.0/index.html">Qpid Dispatch 1.2.0</a>, July 2018</li>
 <li><a href="qpid-proton-j-0.28.0/index.html">Qpid Proton-J 0.28.0</a>, July 2018</li>
 <li><a href="qpid-proton-j-0.27.2/index.html">Qpid Proton-J 0.27.2</a>, July 2018</li>
 <li><a href="qpid-jms-0.34.0/index.html">Qpid JMS 0.34.0</a>, June 2018</li>

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-0.6.0/index.html
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-0.6.0/index.html b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-0.6.0/index.html
index e66dad5..38744ad 100644
--- a/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-0.6.0/index.html
+++ b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-0.6.0/index.html
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ the files you download.</p>
 
 <script type="text/javascript">
   _deferredFunctions.push(function() {
-      if ("0.6.0" === "1.2.0") {
+      if ("0.6.0" === "1.3.0") {
           _modifyCurrentReleaseLinks();
       }
   });

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-0.6.1/index.html
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-0.6.1/index.html b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-0.6.1/index.html
index 82e7010..67bd9f9 100644
--- a/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-0.6.1/index.html
+++ b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-0.6.1/index.html
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ the files you download.</p>
 
 <script type="text/javascript">
   _deferredFunctions.push(function() {
-      if ("0.6.1" === "1.2.0") {
+      if ("0.6.1" === "1.3.0") {
           _modifyCurrentReleaseLinks();
       }
   });

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-0.7.0/index.html
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-0.7.0/index.html b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-0.7.0/index.html
index fbe5e7f..3d5b8ae 100644
--- a/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-0.7.0/index.html
+++ b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-0.7.0/index.html
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ the files you download.</p>
 
 <script type="text/javascript">
   _deferredFunctions.push(function() {
-      if ("0.7.0" === "1.2.0") {
+      if ("0.7.0" === "1.3.0") {
           _modifyCurrentReleaseLinks();
       }
   });

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-0.8.0/index.html
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-0.8.0/index.html b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-0.8.0/index.html
index 6d4d100..e7d13da 100644
--- a/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-0.8.0/index.html
+++ b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-0.8.0/index.html
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ the files you download.</p>
 
 <script type="text/javascript">
   _deferredFunctions.push(function() {
-      if ("0.8.0" === "1.2.0") {
+      if ("0.8.0" === "1.3.0") {
           _modifyCurrentReleaseLinks();
       }
   });

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-0.8.1/index.html
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-0.8.1/index.html b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-0.8.1/index.html
index 5e093f7..ef27165 100644
--- a/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-0.8.1/index.html
+++ b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-0.8.1/index.html
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ the files you download.</p>
 
 <script type="text/javascript">
   _deferredFunctions.push(function() {
-      if ("0.8.1" === "1.2.0") {
+      if ("0.8.1" === "1.3.0") {
           _modifyCurrentReleaseLinks();
       }
   });

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.0.0/index.html
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.0.0/index.html b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.0.0/index.html
index d925b1f..28e1a0f 100644
--- a/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.0.0/index.html
+++ b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.0.0/index.html
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ the files you download.</p>
 
 <script type="text/javascript">
   _deferredFunctions.push(function() {
-      if ("1.0.0" === "1.2.0") {
+      if ("1.0.0" === "1.3.0") {
           _modifyCurrentReleaseLinks();
       }
   });

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.0.1/index.html
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.0.1/index.html b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.0.1/index.html
index 13cbc29..03f3ca4 100644
--- a/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.0.1/index.html
+++ b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.0.1/index.html
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ source</a></li>
 
 <script type="text/javascript">
   _deferredFunctions.push(function() {
-      if ("1.0.1" === "1.2.0") {
+      if ("1.0.1" === "1.3.0") {
           _modifyCurrentReleaseLinks();
       }
   });

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.1.0/index.html
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.1.0/index.html b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.1.0/index.html
index a9aef5d..035e280 100644
--- a/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.1.0/index.html
+++ b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.1.0/index.html
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ source</a></li>
 
 <script type="text/javascript">
   _deferredFunctions.push(function() {
-      if ("1.1.0" === "1.2.0") {
+      if ("1.1.0" === "1.3.0") {
           _modifyCurrentReleaseLinks();
       }
   });

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.2.0/index.html
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.2.0/index.html b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.2.0/index.html
index 1fd34fe..59e4d19 100644
--- a/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.2.0/index.html
+++ b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.2.0/index.html
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ source</a></li>
 
 <script type="text/javascript">
   _deferredFunctions.push(function() {
-      if ("1.2.0" === "1.2.0") {
+      if ("1.2.0" === "1.3.0") {
           _modifyCurrentReleaseLinks();
       }
   });

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/index.html
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/index.html b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/index.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f386ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/index.html
@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html>
+<!--
+ -
+ - Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
+ - or more contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file
+ - distributed with this work for additional information
+ - regarding copyright ownership.  The ASF licenses this file
+ - to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
+ - "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+ - with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ -
+ -   http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ -
+ - Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
+ - software distributed under the License is distributed on an
+ - "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
+ - KIND, either express or implied.  See the License for the
+ - specific language governing permissions and limitations
+ - under the License.
+ -
+-->
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en">
+  <head>
+    <title>Qpid Dispatch 1.3.0 - Apache Qpid&#8482;</title>
+    <meta http-equiv="X-UA-Compatible" content="IE=edge"/>
+    <meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0"/>
+    <link rel="stylesheet" href="/site.css" type="text/css" async="async"/>
+    <link rel="stylesheet" href="/deferred.css" type="text/css" defer="defer"/>
+    <script type="text/javascript">var _deferredFunctions = [];</script>
+    <script type="text/javascript" src="/deferred.js" defer="defer"></script>
+    <!--[if lte IE 8]>
+      <link rel="stylesheet" href="/ie.css" type="text/css"/>
+      <script type="text/javascript" src="/html5shiv.js"></script>
+    <![endif]-->
+
+    <!-- Redirects for `go get` and godoc.org -->
+    <meta name="go-import"
+          content="qpid.apache.org git https://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-proton.git"/>
+    <meta name="go-source"
+          content="qpid.apache.org
+https://github.com/apache/qpid-proton/blob/go1/README.md
+https://github.com/apache/qpid-proton/tree/go1{/dir}
+https://github.com/apache/qpid-proton/blob/go1{/dir}/{file}#L{line}"/>
+  </head>
+  <body>
+    <div id="-content">
+      <div id="-top" class="panel">
+        <a id="-menu-link"><img width="16" height="16" src="" alt="Menu"/></a>
+
+        <a id="-search-link"><img width="22" height="16" src="" alt="Search"/></a>
+
+        <ul id="-global-navigation">
+          <li><a id="-logotype" href="/index.html">Apache Qpid<sup>&#8482;</sup></a></li>
+          <li><a href="/documentation.html">Documentation</a></li>
+          <li><a href="/download.html">Download</a></li>
+          <li><a href="/discussion.html">Discussion</a></li>
+        </ul>
+      </div>
+
+      <div id="-menu" class="panel" style="display: none;">
+        <div class="flex">
+          <section>
+            <h3>Project</h3>
+
+            <ul>
+              <li><a href="/overview.html">Overview</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/components/index.html">Components</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/releases/index.html">Releases</a></li>
+            </ul>
+          </section>
+
+          <section>
+            <h3>Messaging APIs</h3>
+
+            <ul>
+              <li><a href="/proton/index.html">Qpid Proton</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/components/jms/index.html">Qpid JMS</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/components/messaging-api/index.html">Qpid Messaging API</a></li>
+            </ul>
+          </section>
+
+          <section>
+            <h3>Servers and tools</h3>
+
+            <ul>
+              <li><a href="/components/broker-j/index.html">Broker-J</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/components/cpp-broker/index.html">C++ broker</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/components/dispatch-router/index.html">Dispatch router</a></li>
+            </ul>
+          </section>
+
+          <section>
+            <h3>Resources</h3>
+
+            <ul>
+              <li><a href="/dashboard.html">Dashboard</a></li>
+              <li><a href="https://cwiki.apache.org/confluence/display/qpid/Index">Wiki</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/resources.html">More resources</a></li>
+            </ul>
+          </section>
+        </div>
+      </div>
+
+      <div id="-search" class="panel" style="display: none;">
+        <form action="http://www.google.com/search" method="get">
+          <input type="hidden" name="sitesearch" value="qpid.apache.org"/>
+          <input type="text" name="q" maxlength="255" autofocus="autofocus" tabindex="1"/>
+          <button type="submit">Search</button>
+          <a href="/search.html">More ways to search</a>
+        </form>
+      </div>
+
+      <div id="-middle" class="panel">
+        <ul id="-path-navigation"><li><a href="/index.html">Home</a></li><li><a href="/releases/index.html">Releases</a></li><li>Qpid Dispatch 1.3.0</li></ul>
+
+        <div id="-middle-content">
+          <h1 id="qpid-dispatch-130">Qpid Dispatch 1.3.0</h1>
+
+<p>Dispatch is a lightweight AMQP message router library. More about
+<a href="/components/dispatch-router/index.html">Qpid
+Dispatch</a>.</p>
+
+<p>For a detailed list of the changes in this release, see the <a href="release-notes.html">release
+notes</a>.</p>
+
+<h2 id="downloads">Downloads</h2>
+
+<p>It's important to <a href="/download.html#verify-what-you-download">verify the
+integrity</a> of
+the files you download.</p>
+
+<table>
+<thead>
+<tr>
+  <th>Content</th>
+  <th>Download</th>
+  <th>Verify</th>
+</tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+  <td>Dispatch router</td>
+  <td><a href="http://archive.apache.org/dist/qpid/dispatch/1.3.0/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0.tar.gz">qpid-dispatch-1.3.0.tar.gz</a></td>
+  <td><a href="https://archive.apache.org/dist/qpid/dispatch/1.3.0/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0.tar.gz.asc">ASC</a>, <a href="https://archive.apache.org/dist/qpid/dispatch/1.3.0/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0.tar.gz.sha512">SHA512</a></td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<h2 id="documentation">Documentation</h2>
+
+<div class="two-column">
+
+<ul>
+<li><a href="user-guide/index.html">Using Qpid Dispatch</a></li>
+<li><a href="https://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf?p=qpid-dispatch.git;a=blob_plain;f=README;hb=1.3.0">Installing Qpid Dispatch from
+source</a></li>
+<li><a href="man/qdrouterd.html">qdrouterd</a> - Router daemon</li>
+<li><a href="man/qdrouterd.conf.html">qdrouterd.conf</a> - Daemon configuration</li>
+<li><a href="man/qdstat.html">qdstat</a> - Get router statistics</li>
+<li><a href="man/qdmanage.html">qdmanage</a> - Manage the router</li>
+</ul>
+
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="more-information">More information</h2>
+
+<ul>
+<li><a href="http://archive.apache.org/dist/qpid/dispatch/1.3.0">All release artefacts</a></li>
+<li><a href="https://issues.apache.org/jira/issues/?jql=project+%3D+DISPATCH+AND+fixVersion+%3D+%271.3.0%27+AND+resolution+%3D+%27fixed%27+ORDER+BY+priority+DESC">Resolved issues in JIRA</a></li>
+<li><a href="https://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-dispatch.git/tree/refs/tags/1.3.0">Source repository tag</a></li>
+</ul>
+
+<script type="text/javascript">
+  _deferredFunctions.push(function() {
+      if ("1.3.0" === "1.3.0") {
+          _modifyCurrentReleaseLinks();
+      }
+  });
+</script>
+
+
+          <hr/>
+
+          <ul id="-apache-navigation">
+            <li><a href="http://www.apache.org/">Apache</a></li>
+            <li><a href="http://www.apache.org/licenses/">License</a></li>
+            <li><a href="http://www.apache.org/foundation/sponsorship.html">Sponsorship</a></li>
+            <li><a href="http://www.apache.org/foundation/thanks.html">Thanks!</a></li>
+            <li><a href="/security.html">Security</a></li>
+            <li><a href="http://www.apache.org/"><img id="-apache-feather" width="48" height="14" src="" alt="Apache"/></a></li>
+          </ul>
+
+          <p id="-legal">
+            Apache Qpid, Messaging built on AMQP; Copyright &#169; 2015
+            The Apache Software Foundation; Licensed under
+            the <a href="http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0">Apache
+            License, Version 2.0</a>; Apache Qpid, Qpid, Qpid Proton,
+            Proton, Apache, the Apache feather logo, and the Apache Qpid
+            project logo are trademarks of The Apache Software
+            Foundation; All other marks mentioned may be trademarks or
+            registered trademarks of their respective owners
+          </p>
+        </div>
+      </div>
+    </div>
+  </body>
+</html>

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/man/qdmanage.html
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/man/qdmanage.html b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/man/qdmanage.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1895432
--- /dev/null
+++ b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/man/qdmanage.html
@@ -0,0 +1,390 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html>
+<!--
+ -
+ - Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
+ - or more contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file
+ - distributed with this work for additional information
+ - regarding copyright ownership.  The ASF licenses this file
+ - to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
+ - "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+ - with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ -
+ -   http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ -
+ - Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
+ - software distributed under the License is distributed on an
+ - "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
+ - KIND, either express or implied.  See the License for the
+ - specific language governing permissions and limitations
+ - under the License.
+ -
+-->
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en">
+  <head>
+    <title>SYNOPSIS - Apache Qpid&#8482;</title>
+    <meta http-equiv="X-UA-Compatible" content="IE=edge"/>
+    <meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0"/>
+    <link rel="stylesheet" href="/site.css" type="text/css" async="async"/>
+    <link rel="stylesheet" href="/deferred.css" type="text/css" defer="defer"/>
+    <script type="text/javascript">var _deferredFunctions = [];</script>
+    <script type="text/javascript" src="/deferred.js" defer="defer"></script>
+    <!--[if lte IE 8]>
+      <link rel="stylesheet" href="/ie.css" type="text/css"/>
+      <script type="text/javascript" src="/html5shiv.js"></script>
+    <![endif]-->
+
+    <!-- Redirects for `go get` and godoc.org -->
+    <meta name="go-import"
+          content="qpid.apache.org git https://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-proton.git"/>
+    <meta name="go-source"
+          content="qpid.apache.org
+https://github.com/apache/qpid-proton/blob/go1/README.md
+https://github.com/apache/qpid-proton/tree/go1{/dir}
+https://github.com/apache/qpid-proton/blob/go1{/dir}/{file}#L{line}"/>
+  </head>
+  <body>
+    <div id="-content">
+      <div id="-top" class="panel">
+        <a id="-menu-link"><img width="16" height="16" src="" alt="Menu"/></a>
+
+        <a id="-search-link"><img width="22" height="16" src="" alt="Search"/></a>
+
+        <ul id="-global-navigation">
+          <li><a id="-logotype" href="/index.html">Apache Qpid<sup>&#8482;</sup></a></li>
+          <li><a href="/documentation.html">Documentation</a></li>
+          <li><a href="/download.html">Download</a></li>
+          <li><a href="/discussion.html">Discussion</a></li>
+        </ul>
+      </div>
+
+      <div id="-menu" class="panel" style="display: none;">
+        <div class="flex">
+          <section>
+            <h3>Project</h3>
+
+            <ul>
+              <li><a href="/overview.html">Overview</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/components/index.html">Components</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/releases/index.html">Releases</a></li>
+            </ul>
+          </section>
+
+          <section>
+            <h3>Messaging APIs</h3>
+
+            <ul>
+              <li><a href="/proton/index.html">Qpid Proton</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/components/jms/index.html">Qpid JMS</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/components/messaging-api/index.html">Qpid Messaging API</a></li>
+            </ul>
+          </section>
+
+          <section>
+            <h3>Servers and tools</h3>
+
+            <ul>
+              <li><a href="/components/broker-j/index.html">Broker-J</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/components/cpp-broker/index.html">C++ broker</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/components/dispatch-router/index.html">Dispatch router</a></li>
+            </ul>
+          </section>
+
+          <section>
+            <h3>Resources</h3>
+
+            <ul>
+              <li><a href="/dashboard.html">Dashboard</a></li>
+              <li><a href="https://cwiki.apache.org/confluence/display/qpid/Index">Wiki</a></li>
+              <li><a href="/resources.html">More resources</a></li>
+            </ul>
+          </section>
+        </div>
+      </div>
+
+      <div id="-search" class="panel" style="display: none;">
+        <form action="http://www.google.com/search" method="get">
+          <input type="hidden" name="sitesearch" value="qpid.apache.org"/>
+          <input type="text" name="q" maxlength="255" autofocus="autofocus" tabindex="1"/>
+          <button type="submit">Search</button>
+          <a href="/search.html">More ways to search</a>
+        </form>
+      </div>
+
+      <div id="-middle" class="panel">
+        <ul id="-path-navigation"><li><a href="/index.html">Home</a></li><li><a href="/releases/index.html">Releases</a></li><li><a href="/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/index.html">Qpid Dispatch 1.3.0</a></li><li>SYNOPSIS</li></ul>
+
+        <div id="-middle-content">
+          <div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_synopsis">SYNOPSIS</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>qdmanage</strong> [<em>OPTIONS</em>] <em>OPERATION</em> [<em>ARGUMENTS</em>]</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_description">DESCRIPTION</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>An AMQP management client for use with the Dispatch router daemon
+(<em>qdrouterd</em>). Sends AMQP management operations requests and prints
+the response in JSON format. This is a generic AMQP management tool
+and can be used with any standard AMQP managed endpoint, not just
+with <em>qdrouterd</em>.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_options">OPTIONS</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>-h, --help
+:   show this help message and exit</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--version
+:   Print version and exit.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--type=TYPE
+:   Type of entity to operate on.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--name=NAME
+:   Name of entity to operate on.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--identity=ID
+:   Identity of entity to operate on.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--indent=INDENT
+:   Pretty-printing indent. -1 means don&#8217;t pretty-print</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--stdin
+:   Read attributes as JSON map or list of maps from</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--body=BODY
+:   JSON value to use as body of a non-standard operation</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--properties=PROPERTIES
+:   JSON map to use as properties for a non-standard operation call.</p></div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_connection_options">Connection Options</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>-b URL, --bus=URL
+:   URL of the messaging bus to connect to (default</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>-r ROUTER-ID, --router=ROUTER-ID
+:   Router to be queried</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>-t SECS, --timeout=SECS
+:   Maximum time to wait for connection in seconds (default 5)</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--ssl-certificate=CERT
+:   Client SSL certificate (PEM Format)</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--ssl-key=KEY
+:   Client SSL private key (PEM Format)</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--ssl-trustfile=TRUSTED-CA-DB
+:   Trusted Certificate Authority Database file (PEM Format)</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--ssl-password=PASSWORD
+:   Certificate password, will be prompted if not specifed.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--ssl-password-file=SSL-PASSWORD-FILE
+:   Certificate password, will be prompted if not specifed.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--sasl-mechanisms=SASL-MECHANISMS
+:   Allowed sasl mechanisms to be supplied during the sasl handshake.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--sasl-username=SASL-USERNAME
+:   User name for SASL plain authentication</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--sasl-password=SASL-PASSWORD
+:   Password for SASL plain authentication</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--sasl-password-file=SASL-PASSWORD-FILE
+:   Password for SASL plain authentication</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--ssl-disable-peer-name-verify
+:   Disables SSL peer name verification. WARNING - This option is insecure and must not be used in production environments</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_operations">OPERATIONS</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<code>query</code> [<em>ATTR</em>&#8230;]
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Print attributes for multiple entities. Prints all entities by default, use
+  --type, --name or --identity options to restrict which entities are printed.
+  Prints the attributes named in the ATTR list, or all attributes if none are
+  listed.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<code>create</code> [<em>ATTR=VALUE</em>&#8230;]
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Create a new entity with the specified attributes. With the --stdin
+  option, read attributes from stdin. This can be a JSON map of
+  attributes to create a single entity, or a JSON list of maps to create
+  multiple entities.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<code>read</code>
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Print all of the attributes of a single entity, specified by the --name or
+  --identity options.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<code>update</code> [<em>ATTR=VALUE</em>&#8230;]
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Update the attributes of an existing entity. If an ATTR name is listed with
+  no =VALUE, that attribute will be deleted from the entity. With the --stdin
+  option, read attributes from stdin. This can be a JSON map of attributes to
+  update a single entity, or a JSON list of maps to update multiple entities.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<code>delete</code>
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Delete an entity specified by the --name or --identity options.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<code>get-types</code> [<em>TYPE</em>]
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  List entity types with their base types. With no arguments, list all
+  types.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<code>get-operations</code> [<em>TYPE</em>]
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  List entity types with their operations. With no arguments, list all
+  types.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<code>get-attributes</code> [<em>TYPE</em>]
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  List entity types with their attributes. With no arguments, list all
+  types.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<code>get-annotations</code> [<em>TYPE</em>]
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  List entity types with their annotations. With no arguments, list all
+  types.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<code>get-mgmt-nodes</code>
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  List all other known management nodes connected to this one.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<code>get-json-schema</code> [<em>INDENT</em>]
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Get the router schema in JSON format. Optional integer indent for
+  formatted output.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<code>get-log</code> [<em>INDENT</em>]
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Get recent log entries from the router.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_files">FILES</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+/usr/local/share/doc/qpid-dispatch/qdrouter.json
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Management schema for <em>qdrouterd</em>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+/usr/local/share/doc/qpid-dispatch/qdrouter.json.readme.txt
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Explanation of the management schema.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_examples">EXAMPLES</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="title">Show the logging configuration:</div>
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>qdmanage query --type=log</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="title">Enable debug and higher log messages by default:</div>
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>qdmanage update name=log/DEFAULT enable=debug+</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="title">Enable trace log messages only for the MESSAGE module, and direct MESSAGE logs to the file <em>test.log</em>:</div>
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>qdmanage update name=log/MESSAGE enable=trace output=test.log</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="title">Set MESSAGE logging back to the default:</div>
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>qdmanage update name=log/MESSAGE enable=default</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="title">Disable MESSAGE logging:</div>
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>qdmanage update name=log/MESSAGE enable=none</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_see_also">SEE ALSO</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>qdrouterd(8)</em>, <em>qdstat(8)</em>, <em>qdrouterd.conf(5)</em></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="http://qpid.apache.org/components/dispatch-router">http://qpid.apache.org/components/dispatch-router</a></p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+
+          <hr/>
+
+          <ul id="-apache-navigation">
+            <li><a href="http://www.apache.org/">Apache</a></li>
+            <li><a href="http://www.apache.org/licenses/">License</a></li>
+            <li><a href="http://www.apache.org/foundation/sponsorship.html">Sponsorship</a></li>
+            <li><a href="http://www.apache.org/foundation/thanks.html">Thanks!</a></li>
+            <li><a href="/security.html">Security</a></li>
+            <li><a href="http://www.apache.org/"><img id="-apache-feather" width="48" height="14" src="" alt="Apache"/></a></li>
+          </ul>
+
+          <p id="-legal">
+            Apache Qpid, Messaging built on AMQP; Copyright &#169; 2015
+            The Apache Software Foundation; Licensed under
+            the <a href="http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0">Apache
+            License, Version 2.0</a>; Apache Qpid, Qpid, Qpid Proton,
+            Proton, Apache, the Apache feather logo, and the Apache Qpid
+            project logo are trademarks of The Apache Software
+            Foundation; All other marks mentioned may be trademarks or
+            registered trademarks of their respective owners
+          </p>
+        </div>
+      </div>
+    </div>
+  </body>
+</html>


---------------------------------------------------------------------
To unsubscribe, e-mail: commits-unsubscribe@qpid.apache.org
For additional commands, e-mail: commits-help@qpid.apache.org


[3/7] qpid-site git commit: Doc updates for Qpid Dispatch router 1.3.0 release

Posted by gm...@apache.org.
http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-master/index.html
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-master/index.html b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-master/index.html
index ad77d42..3556757 100644
--- a/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-master/index.html
+++ b/content/releases/qpid-dispatch-master/index.html
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ https://github.com/apache/qpid-proton/blob/go1{/dir}/{file}#L{line}"/>
 <h2 id="warning-this-is-a-snapshot-of-work-in-progress">Warning! This is a snapshot of work in progress</h2>
 
 <p>Documentation found here may be incorrect or incomplete.  For a
-smoother experience, see the <a href="/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.2.0/index.html">current stable
+smoother experience, see the <a href="/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/index.html">current stable
 release</a>.</p>
 
 <p>This content was generated at 07:00  on Saturday, 28 April 2018.</p>

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/input/_transom_config.py
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/input/_transom_config.py b/input/_transom_config.py
index a9a40e0..cb18485 100644
--- a/input/_transom_config.py
+++ b/input/_transom_config.py
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ class _Release(object):
 
 broker_j_release = _Release(site_url, "Qpid Broker-J", "qpid-broker-j", "7.0.6")
 cpp_release = _Release(site_url, "Qpid C++", "qpid-cpp", "1.38.0")
-dispatch_release = _Release(site_url, "Qpid Dispatch", "qpid-dispatch", "1.2.0")
+dispatch_release = _Release(site_url, "Qpid Dispatch", "qpid-dispatch", "1.3.0")
 interop_test_release = _Release(site_url, "Qpid Interop Test", "qpid-interop-test", "0.1.0")
 java_release = _Release(site_url, "Qpid for Java", "qpid-java", "6.1.6")
 jms_release = _Release(site_url, "Qpid JMS", "qpid-jms", "0.35.0")

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/input/releases/index.md
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/input/releases/index.md b/input/releases/index.md
index f500f9c..94272b1 100644
--- a/input/releases/index.md
+++ b/input/releases/index.md
@@ -27,11 +27,11 @@ the
 ## Current releases
 
 <div class="two-column" markdown="1">
+ - [Qpid Dispatch 1.3.0](qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/index.html), July 2018
  - [Qpid Proton-J 0.28.1](qpid-proton-j-0.28.1/index.html), August 2018
  - [Qpid Proton-J 0.27.3](qpid-proton-j-0.27.3/index.html), August 2018
  - [Qpid JMS 0.35.0](qpid-jms-0.35.0/index.html), July 2018
  - [Qpid JMS AMQP 0-x 6.3.2](qpid-jms-amqp-0-x-6.3.2/index.html), July 2017
- - [Qpid Dispatch 1.2.0](qpid-dispatch-1.2.0/index.html), July 2018
  - [Qpid Proton 0.24.0](qpid-proton-0.24.0/index.html), June 2018
  - [Qpid Broker-J 7.0.6](qpid-broker-j-7.0.6/index.html), June 2018
  - [Qpid for Java 6.1.6](qpid-java-6.1.6/index.html), April 2018
@@ -44,6 +44,7 @@ the
 ## Past releases
 
 <div class="two-column" markdown="1">
+ - [Qpid Dispatch 1.2.0](qpid-dispatch-1.2.0/index.html), July 2018
  - [Qpid Proton-J 0.28.0](qpid-proton-j-0.28.0/index.html), July 2018
  - [Qpid Proton-J 0.27.2](qpid-proton-j-0.27.2/index.html), July 2018
  - [Qpid JMS 0.34.0](qpid-jms-0.34.0/index.html), June 2018

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/index.md
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/index.md b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/index.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5facb95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/index.md
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+;;
+;; Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one
+;; or more contributor license agreements.  See the NOTICE file
+;; distributed with this work for additional information
+;; regarding copyright ownership.  The ASF licenses this file
+;; to you under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the
+;; "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance
+;; with the License.  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+;; 
+;;   http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+;; 
+;; Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing,
+;; software distributed under the License is distributed on an
+;; "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY
+;; KIND, either express or implied.  See the License for the
+;; specific language governing permissions and limitations
+;; under the License.
+;;
+
+# Qpid Dispatch 1.3.0
+
+Dispatch is a lightweight AMQP message router library. More about
+[Qpid
+Dispatch]({{site_url}}/components/dispatch-router/index.html).
+
+For a detailed list of the changes in this release, see the [release
+notes](release-notes.html).
+
+## Downloads
+
+It's important to [verify the
+integrity]({{site_url}}/download.html#verify-what-you-download) of
+the files you download.
+
+| Content | Download | Verify |
+|---------|----------|--------|
+| Dispatch router | [qpid-dispatch-1.3.0.tar.gz](http://archive.apache.org/dist/qpid/dispatch/1.3.0/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0.tar.gz) | [ASC](https://archive.apache.org/dist/qpid/dispatch/1.3.0/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0.tar.gz.asc), [SHA512](https://archive.apache.org/dist/qpid/dispatch/1.3.0/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0.tar.gz.sha512) |
+
+## Documentation
+
+
+<div class="two-column" markdown="1">
+
+ - [Using Qpid Dispatch](user-guide/index.html)
+ - [Installing Qpid Dispatch from
+   source](https://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf?p=qpid-dispatch.git;a=blob_plain;f=README;hb=1.3.0)
+ - [qdrouterd](man/qdrouterd.html) - Router daemon
+ - [qdrouterd.conf](man/qdrouterd.conf.html) - Daemon configuration
+ - [qdstat](man/qdstat.html) - Get router statistics
+ - [qdmanage](man/qdmanage.html) - Manage the router
+
+</div>
+
+
+## More information
+
+ - [All release artefacts](http://archive.apache.org/dist/qpid/dispatch/1.3.0)
+ - [Resolved issues in JIRA](https://issues.apache.org/jira/issues/?jql=project+%3D+DISPATCH+AND+fixVersion+%3D+%271.3.0%27+AND+resolution+%3D+%27fixed%27+ORDER+BY+priority+DESC)
+ - [Source repository tag](https://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-dispatch.git/tree/refs/tags/1.3.0)
+
+<script type="text/javascript">
+  _deferredFunctions.push(function() {
+      if ("1.3.0" === "{{current_dispatch_release}}") {
+          _modifyCurrentReleaseLinks();
+      }
+  });
+</script>
\ No newline at end of file

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/man/qdmanage.html.in
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/man/qdmanage.html.in b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/man/qdmanage.html.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b40c5b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/man/qdmanage.html.in
@@ -0,0 +1,246 @@
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_synopsis">SYNOPSIS</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>qdmanage</strong> [<em>OPTIONS</em>] <em>OPERATION</em> [<em>ARGUMENTS</em>]</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_description">DESCRIPTION</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>An AMQP management client for use with the Dispatch router daemon
+(<em>qdrouterd</em>). Sends AMQP management operations requests and prints
+the response in JSON format. This is a generic AMQP management tool
+and can be used with any standard AMQP managed endpoint, not just
+with <em>qdrouterd</em>.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_options">OPTIONS</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>-h, --help
+:   show this help message and exit</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--version
+:   Print version and exit.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--type=TYPE
+:   Type of entity to operate on.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--name=NAME
+:   Name of entity to operate on.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--identity=ID
+:   Identity of entity to operate on.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--indent=INDENT
+:   Pretty-printing indent. -1 means don&#8217;t pretty-print</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--stdin
+:   Read attributes as JSON map or list of maps from</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--body=BODY
+:   JSON value to use as body of a non-standard operation</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--properties=PROPERTIES
+:   JSON map to use as properties for a non-standard operation call.</p></div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_connection_options">Connection Options</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>-b URL, --bus=URL
+:   URL of the messaging bus to connect to (default</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>-r ROUTER-ID, --router=ROUTER-ID
+:   Router to be queried</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>-t SECS, --timeout=SECS
+:   Maximum time to wait for connection in seconds (default 5)</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--ssl-certificate=CERT
+:   Client SSL certificate (PEM Format)</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--ssl-key=KEY
+:   Client SSL private key (PEM Format)</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--ssl-trustfile=TRUSTED-CA-DB
+:   Trusted Certificate Authority Database file (PEM Format)</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--ssl-password=PASSWORD
+:   Certificate password, will be prompted if not specifed.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--ssl-password-file=SSL-PASSWORD-FILE
+:   Certificate password, will be prompted if not specifed.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--sasl-mechanisms=SASL-MECHANISMS
+:   Allowed sasl mechanisms to be supplied during the sasl handshake.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--sasl-username=SASL-USERNAME
+:   User name for SASL plain authentication</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--sasl-password=SASL-PASSWORD
+:   Password for SASL plain authentication</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--sasl-password-file=SASL-PASSWORD-FILE
+:   Password for SASL plain authentication</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--ssl-disable-peer-name-verify
+:   Disables SSL peer name verification. WARNING - This option is insecure and must not be used in production environments</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_operations">OPERATIONS</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<code>query</code> [<em>ATTR</em>&#8230;]
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Print attributes for multiple entities. Prints all entities by default, use
+  --type, --name or --identity options to restrict which entities are printed.
+  Prints the attributes named in the ATTR list, or all attributes if none are
+  listed.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<code>create</code> [<em>ATTR=VALUE</em>&#8230;]
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Create a new entity with the specified attributes. With the --stdin
+  option, read attributes from stdin. This can be a JSON map of
+  attributes to create a single entity, or a JSON list of maps to create
+  multiple entities.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<code>read</code>
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Print all of the attributes of a single entity, specified by the --name or
+  --identity options.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<code>update</code> [<em>ATTR=VALUE</em>&#8230;]
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Update the attributes of an existing entity. If an ATTR name is listed with
+  no =VALUE, that attribute will be deleted from the entity. With the --stdin
+  option, read attributes from stdin. This can be a JSON map of attributes to
+  update a single entity, or a JSON list of maps to update multiple entities.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<code>delete</code>
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Delete an entity specified by the --name or --identity options.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<code>get-types</code> [<em>TYPE</em>]
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  List entity types with their base types. With no arguments, list all
+  types.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<code>get-operations</code> [<em>TYPE</em>]
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  List entity types with their operations. With no arguments, list all
+  types.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<code>get-attributes</code> [<em>TYPE</em>]
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  List entity types with their attributes. With no arguments, list all
+  types.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<code>get-annotations</code> [<em>TYPE</em>]
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  List entity types with their annotations. With no arguments, list all
+  types.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<code>get-mgmt-nodes</code>
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  List all other known management nodes connected to this one.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<code>get-json-schema</code> [<em>INDENT</em>]
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Get the router schema in JSON format. Optional integer indent for
+  formatted output.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<code>get-log</code> [<em>INDENT</em>]
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Get recent log entries from the router.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_files">FILES</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+/usr/local/share/doc/qpid-dispatch/qdrouter.json
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Management schema for <em>qdrouterd</em>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+/usr/local/share/doc/qpid-dispatch/qdrouter.json.readme.txt
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Explanation of the management schema.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_examples">EXAMPLES</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="title">Show the logging configuration:</div>
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>qdmanage query --type=log</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="title">Enable debug and higher log messages by default:</div>
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>qdmanage update name=log/DEFAULT enable=debug+</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="title">Enable trace log messages only for the MESSAGE module, and direct MESSAGE logs to the file <em>test.log</em>:</div>
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>qdmanage update name=log/MESSAGE enable=trace output=test.log</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="title">Set MESSAGE logging back to the default:</div>
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>qdmanage update name=log/MESSAGE enable=default</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="title">Disable MESSAGE logging:</div>
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>qdmanage update name=log/MESSAGE enable=none</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_see_also">SEE ALSO</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>qdrouterd(8)</em>, <em>qdstat(8)</em>, <em>qdrouterd.conf(5)</em></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="http://qpid.apache.org/components/dispatch-router">http://qpid.apache.org/components/dispatch-router</a></p></div>
+</div>
+</div>

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/man/qdrouterd.conf.html.in
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/man/qdrouterd.conf.html.in b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/man/qdrouterd.conf.html.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1cd2728
--- /dev/null
+++ b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/man/qdrouterd.conf.html.in
@@ -0,0 +1,1424 @@
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_synopsis">SYNOPSIS</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Provides the initial configuration when <em>qdrouterd(8)</em> starts. The configuration
+of a running router can be modified using <em>qdmanage(8)</em>.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_description">DESCRIPTION</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The configuration file is made up of sections with this syntax:</p></div>
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>sectionName {
+    attributeName: attributeValue
+    attributeName: attributeValue
+    ...
+}</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>For example you can define a router using the <em>router</em> section</p></div>
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>router {
+    mode: standalone
+    id: Router.A
+    ...
+}</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>or define a listener using the <em>listener</em> section</p></div>
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>listener {
+    host: 0.0.0.0
+    port: 20102
+    saslMechanisms: ANONYMOUS
+    ...
+}</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>or define a connector using the <em>connector</em> section</p></div>
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>connector {
+    role: inter-router
+    host: 0.0.0.0
+    port: 20003
+    saslMechanisms: ANONYMOUS
+    ...
+}</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>An <em>sslProfile</em> section with SSL credentials can be included in multiple <em>listener</em> or <em>connector</em> entities. Here&#8217;s an example, note
+how the <em>sslProfile</em> attribute of <em>listener</em> sections references the <em>name</em>
+attribute of <em>sslProfile</em> sections.</p></div>
+<div class="listingblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>sslProfile {
+    name: my-ssl
+    caCertFile: ca-certificate-1.pem
+    certFile: server-certificate-1.pem
+    privateKeyFile: server-private-key.pem
+}
+
+listener {
+    sslProfile: my-ssl
+    host: 0.0.0.0
+    port: 20102
+    saslMechanisms: ANONYMOUS
+}</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_configuration_sections">Configuration Sections</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_router">router</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Tracks peer routers and computes routes to destinations. This entity is mandatory. The router will not start without this entity.</p></div>
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>id</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Router&#8217;s unique identity. The router will fail to start without id.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>mode</em> (One of [<em>standalone</em>, <em>interior</em>], default=<em>standalone</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  In standalone mode, the router operates as a single component.  It does not participate in the routing protocol and therefore will not cooperate with other routers. In interior mode, the router operates in cooperation with other interior routers in an interconnected network.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>helloIntervalSeconds</em> (integer, default=<em>1</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Interval in seconds between HELLO messages sent to neighbor routers.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>helloMaxAgeSeconds</em> (integer, default=<em>3</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Time in seconds after which a neighbor is declared lost if no HELLO is received.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>raIntervalSeconds</em> (integer, default=<em>30</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Interval in seconds between Router-Advertisements sent to all routers in a stable network.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>raIntervalFluxSeconds</em> (integer, default=<em>4</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Interval in seconds between Router-Advertisements sent to all routers during topology fluctuations.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>remoteLsMaxAgeSeconds</em> (integer, default=<em>60</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Time in seconds after which link state is declared stale if no RA is received.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>workerThreads</em> (integer, default=<em>4</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The number of threads that will be created to process message traffic and other application work (timers, non-amqp file descriptors, etc.) .
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>debugDumpFile</em> (path)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The absolute path to the location for the debug dump file. The router writes debug-level information to this file if the logger is not available.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>saslConfigDir</em> (path)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Absolute path to the SASL configuration file.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>saslConfigName</em> (string, default=<em>qdrouterd</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Name of the SASL configuration.  This string + <em>.conf</em> is the name of the configuration file.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>allowResumableLinkRoute</em> (boolean, default=<em>True</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Whether links can be routed where timeout is non-zero or expiry-policy is not link-detach
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>allowUnsettledMulticast</em> (boolean)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) If true, allow senders to send unsettled deliveries to multicast addresses.  These deliveries shall be settled by the ingress router.  If false, unsettled deliveries to multicast addresses shall be rejected.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>defaultDistribution</em> (One of [<em>multicast</em>, <em>closest</em>, <em>balanced</em>, <em>unavailable</em>], default=<em>balanced</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Default forwarding treatment for any address without a specified treatment. multicast - one copy of each message delivered to all subscribers; closest - messages delivered to only the closest subscriber; balanced - messages delivered to one subscriber with load balanced across subscribers; unavailable - this address is unavailable, link attaches to an address of unavilable distribution will be rejected.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>helloInterval</em> (integer, default=<em>1</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) Interval in seconds between HELLO messages sent to neighbor routers. This attribute has been deprecated. Use helloIntervalSeconds instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>helloMaxAge</em> (integer, default=<em>3</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) Time in seconds after which a neighbor is declared lost if no HELLO is received. This attribute has been deprecated. Use helloMaxAgeSeconds instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>raInterval</em> (integer, default=<em>30</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) Interval in seconds between Router-Advertisements sent to all routers in a stable network. This attribute has been deprecated. Use raIntervalSeconds instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>raIntervalFlux</em> (integer, default=<em>4</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) Interval in seconds between Router-Advertisements sent to all routers during topology fluctuations. This attribute has been deprecated. Use raIntervalFluxSeconds instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>remoteLsMaxAge</em> (integer, default=<em>60</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) Time in seconds after which link state is declared stale if no RA is received. This attribute has been deprecated. Use remoteLsMaxAgeSeconds instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>debugDump</em> (path)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) The absolute path to the location for the debug dump file. The router writes debug-level information to this file if the logger is not available. This attribute has been deprecated. Use debugDumpFile instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>saslConfigPath</em> (path)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) Absolute path to the SASL configuration file. This attribute has been deprecated. Use saslConfigDir instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_sslprofile">sslProfile</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Attributes for setting TLS/SSL configuration for connections.</p></div>
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>ciphers</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Specifies the enabled ciphers so the SSL Ciphers can be hardened. In other words, use this field to disable weak ciphers. The ciphers are specified in the format understood by the OpenSSL library. For example, ciphers can be set to ALL:!aNULL:!EXPORT56:RC4+RSA:+HIGH:+MEDIUM:+LOW:+SSLv2:+EXP;&#8201;&#8212;&#8201;The full list of allowed ciphers can be viewed using the openssl ciphers command
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>protocols</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The TLS protocols that this sslProfile can use. You can specify a list of one or more of TLSv1, TLSv1.1, or TLSv1.2. To specify multiple protocols, separate the protocols with a space. For example, to permit the sslProfile to use TLS v1.1 and TLS v1.2 only, you would set the value to TLSv1.1 TLSv1.2. If you do not specify a value, the sslProfile uses the TLS protocol specified by the system-wide configuration.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>caCertFile</em> (path)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The absolute path to the database that contains the public certificates of trusted certificate authorities (CA).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>certFile</em> (path)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The absolute path to the file containing the PEM-formatted public certificate to be used on the local end of any connections using this profile.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>privateKeyFile</em> (path)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The absolute path to the file containing the PEM-formatted private key for the above certificate.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>passwordFile</em> (path)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  If the above private key is password protected, this is the absolute path to a file containing the password that unlocks the certificate key. This file should be permission protected to limit access
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>password</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) An alternative to storing the password in a file referenced by passwordFile is to supply the password right here in the configuration file.  This takes precedence over the passwordFile if both are specified. This attribute has been deprecated because it is unsafe to store plain text passwords in config files. Use the passwordFile instead
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>uidFormat</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  A list of x509 client certificate fields that will be used to build a string that will uniquely identify the client certificate owner. For e.g. a value of <em>cou</em> indicates that the uid will consist of c - common name concatenated with o - organization-company name concatenated with u - organization unit; or a value of <em>o2</em> indicates that the uid will consist of o (organization name) concatenated with 2 (the sha256 fingerprint of the entire certificate) . Allowed values can be any combination of <em>c</em>( ISO3166 two character country code), <em>s</em>(state or province), <em>l</em>(Locality; generally - city), <em>o</em>(Organization - Company Name), <em>u</em>(Organization Unit - typically certificate type or brand), <em>n</em>(CommonName - typically a user name for client certificates) and <em>1</em>(sha1 certificate fingerprint, as displayed in the fingerprints section when looking at a certificate with say a web browser is the hash of the entire certificate) and
  2 (sha256 certificate fingerprint) and 5 (sha512 certificate fingerprint). The user identifier (uid) that is generated based on the uidFormat is a string which has a semi-colon as a separator between the components
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>uidNameMappingFile</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The absolute path to the file containing the unique id to display name mapping
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>certDb</em> (path)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) The absolute path to the database that contains the public certificates of trusted certificate authorities (CA). This attribute has been deprecated. Use caCertFile instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>keyFile</em> (path)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) The absolute path to the file containing the PEM-formatted private key for the above certificate. This attribute has been deprecated. Use privateKeyFile instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>displayNameFile</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) The absolute path to the file containing the unique id to display name mapping This attribute has been deprecated. Use uidNameMappingFile instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_authserviceplugin">authServicePlugin</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>EXPERIMENTAL. Attributes for setting SASL plugin.</p></div>
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>authService</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) Address of a service to delegate authentication to. This attribute has been deprecated. Use the host and port attributes instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>host</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  A host name, IPV4 or IPV6 literal, of the service to delegate to.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>port</em> (string, default=<em>amqp</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Port number of the service delegated host.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>realm</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Value to set for hostname field on sasl-init
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>sslProfile</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Name of the sslProfile to use for the authentication service.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>saslInitHostname</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) Value to set for hostname field on sasl-init This attribute has been deprecated. Use realm instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>authSslProfile</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) Name of the sslProfile to use for the authentication service. This attribute has been deprecated. Use sslProfile instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_listener">listener</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Listens for incoming connections to the router.</p></div>
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>host</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  A host name, IPV4 or IPV6 literal, or the empty string. The empty string listens on all local addresses. A host name listens on all addresses associated with the name. An IPV6 literal address (or wildcard <em>[::]</em>) listens only for IPV6. An IPV4 literal address (or wildcard <em>0.0.0.0</em>) listens only for IPV4.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>port</em> (string, default=<em>amqp</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Port number or symbolic service name.  If <em>0</em>, the router shall assign an ephemeral port to the listener and log the port number with a log of the form <em>SERVER (notice) Listening on &lt;host&gt;:&lt;assigned-port&gt; (&lt;listener-name&gt;)</em>
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>socketAddressFamily</em> (One of [<em>IPv4</em>, <em>IPv6</em>])
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  [<em>IPv4</em>, <em>IPv6</em>] IPv4: Internet Protocol version 4; IPv6: Internet Protocol version 6.  If not specified, the protocol family will be automatically determined from the address.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>role</em> (One of [<em>normal</em>, <em>inter-router</em>, <em>route-container</em>], default=<em>normal</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The role of an established connection. In the normal role, the connection is assumed to be used for AMQP clients that are doing normal message delivery over the connection.  In the inter-router role, the connection is assumed to be to another router in the network.  Inter-router discovery and routing protocols can only be used over inter-router connections. route-container role can be used for router-container connections, for example, a router-broker connection.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>cost</em> (integer, default=<em>1</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  For the <em>inter-router</em> role only.  This value assigns a cost metric to the inter-router connection.  The default (and minimum) value is one.  Higher values represent higher costs.  The cost is used to influence the routing algorithm as it attempts to use the path with the lowest total cost from ingress to egress.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>sslProfile</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Name of the sslProfile.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>saslMechanisms</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Space separated list of accepted SASL authentication mechanisms.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>authenticatePeer</em> (boolean)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  yes: Require the peer&#8217;s identity to be authenticated; no: Do not require any authentication.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>saslPlugin</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  EXPERIMENTAL. Name of the a sasl plugin configuration section to use for this listener (e.g. authServicePlugin).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>requireEncryption</em> (boolean)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  yes: Require the connection to the peer to be encrypted; no: Permit non-encrypted communication with the peer
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>requireSsl</em> (boolean)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  yes: Require the use of SSL or TLS on the connection; no: Allow clients to connect without SSL or TLS.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>trustedCertsFile</em> (path)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  This optional setting can be used to reduce the set of available CAs for client authentication.  If used, this setting must provide the absolute path to a PEM file that contains the trusted certificates.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>maxFrameSize</em> (integer, default=<em>16384</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The maximum frame size in octets that will be used in the connection-open negotiation with a connected peer.  The frame size is the largest contiguous set of uninterrupted data that can be sent for a message delivery over the connection. Interleaving of messages on different links is done at frame granularity. Policy settings, if specified, will overwrite this value. Defaults to 16384.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>maxSessions</em> (integer, default=<em>32768</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The maximum number of sessions that can be simultaneously active on the connection. Setting this value to zero selects the default number of sessions. Policy settings, if specified, will overwrite this value. Defaults to 32768.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>maxSessionFrames</em> (integer)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Session incoming window measured in transfer frames for sessions created on this connection. This is the number of transfer frames that may simultaneously be in flight for all links in the session. Setting this value to zero selects the default session window size. Policy settings, if specified, will overwrite this value. The numerical product of maxFrameSize and maxSessionFrames may not exceed 2<sup>31-1. If (maxFrameSize x maxSessionFrames) exceeds 2</sup>31-1 then maxSessionFrames is reduced to (2^31-1 / maxFrameSize). maxSessionFrames has a minimum value of 1. Defaults to 0 (unlimited window).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>idleTimeoutSeconds</em> (integer, default=<em>16</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The idle timeout, in seconds, for connections through this listener.  If no frames are received on the connection for this time interval, the connection shall be closed.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>initialHandshakeTimeoutSeconds</em> (integer)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The timeout, in seconds, for the initial handshake for connections coming in through listeners.  If the time interval expires before the peer sends the AMQP OPEN frame, the connection shall be closed.  A value of zero (the default) disables this timeout.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>stripAnnotations</em> (One of [<em>in</em>, <em>out</em>, <em>both</em>, <em>no</em>], default=<em>both</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  [<em>in</em>, <em>out</em>, <em>both</em>, <em>no</em>] in: Strip the dispatch router specific annotations only on ingress; out: Strip the dispatch router specific annotations only on egress; both: Strip the dispatch router specific annotations on both ingress and egress; no - do not strip dispatch router specific annotations
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>linkCapacity</em> (integer)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The capacity of links within this connection, in terms of message deliveries.  The capacity is the number of messages that can be in-flight concurrently for each link.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>multiTenant</em> (boolean)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  If true, apply multi-tenancy to endpoints connected at this listener.  The address space is defined by the virtual host (hostname field in the Open).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>failoverUrls</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  A comma-separated list of failover urls to be supplied to connected clients.  Form: [(amqp|amqps|ws|wss)://]host_or_ip[:port]
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>http</em> (boolean)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Accept HTTP connections that can upgrade to AMQP over WebSocket. Plain AMQP connections are not accepted on this listener.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>httpRootDir</em> (path)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Serve HTTP files from this directory, defaults to the installed stand-alone console directory
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>messageLoggingComponents</em> (string, default=<em>none</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  A comma separated list that indicates which components of the message should be logged. Defaults to <em>none</em> (log nothing). If you want all properties and application properties of the message logged use <em>all</em>. Specific components of the message can be logged by indicating the components via a comma separated list. The components are message-id, user-id, to, subject, reply-to, correlation-id, content-type, content-encoding, absolute-expiry-time, creation-time, group-id, group-sequence, reply-to-group-id, app-properties. The application-data part of the bare message will not be logged. No spaces are allowed
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>protocolFamily</em> (One of [<em>IPv4</em>, <em>IPv6</em>])
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) [<em>IPv4</em>, <em>IPv6</em>] IPv4: Internet Protocol version 4; IPv6: Internet Protocol version 6.  If not specified, the protocol family will be automatically determined from the address. This attribute has been deprecated. Use socketAddressFamily instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>trustedCerts</em> (path)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) This optional setting can be used to reduce the set of available CAs for client authentication.  If used, this setting must provide the absolute path to a PEM file that contains the trusted certificates. This attribute has been deprecated. Use trustedCertsFile instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>failoverList</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) A comma-separated list of failover urls to be supplied to connected clients.  Form: [(amqp|amqps|ws|wss)://]host_or_ip[:port] This attribute has been deprecated. Use failoverUrls instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>httpRoot</em> (path)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) Serve HTTP files from this directory, defaults to the installed stand-alone console directory This attribute has been deprecated. Use httpRootDir instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>logMessage</em> (string, default=<em>none</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) A comma separated list that indicates which components of the message should be logged. Defaults to <em>none</em> (log nothing). If you want all properties and application properties of the message logged use <em>all</em>. Specific components of the message can be logged by indicating the components via a comma separated list. The components are message-id, user-id, to, subject, reply-to, correlation-id, content-type, content-encoding, absolute-expiry-time, creation-time, group-id, group-sequence, reply-to-group-id, app-properties. The application-data part of the bare message will not be logged. No spaces are allowed This attribute has been deprecated. Use messageLoggingComponents instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_connector">connector</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Establishes an outgoing connection from the router.</p></div>
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>host</em> (string, default=<em>127.0.0.1</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  IP address: ipv4 or ipv6 literal or a host name
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>port</em> (string, default=<em>amqp</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Port number or symbolic service name.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>protocolFamily</em> (One of [<em>IPv4</em>, <em>IPv6</em>])
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  [<em>IPv4</em>, <em>IPv6</em>] IPv4: Internet Protocol version 4; IPv6: Internet Protocol version 6.  If not specified, the protocol family will be automatically determined from the address.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>role</em> (One of [<em>normal</em>, <em>inter-router</em>, <em>route-container</em>], default=<em>normal</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The role of an established connection. In the normal role, the connection is assumed to be used for AMQP clients that are doing normal message delivery over the connection.  In the inter-router role, the connection is assumed to be to another router in the network.  Inter-router discovery and routing protocols can only be used over inter-router connections. route-container role can be used for router-container connections, for example, a router-broker connection.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>cost</em> (integer, default=<em>1</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  For the <em>inter-router</em> role only.  This value assigns a cost metric to the inter-router connection.  The default (and minimum) value is one.  Higher values represent higher costs.  The cost is used to influence the routing algorithm as it attempts to use the path with the lowest total cost from ingress to egress.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>sslProfile</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Name of the sslProfile.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>saslMechanisms</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Space separated list of accepted SASL authentication mechanisms.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>allowRedirect</em> (boolean, default=<em>True</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Allow the peer to redirect this connection to another address.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>maxFrameSize</em> (integer, default=<em>16384</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The maximum frame size in octets that will be used in the connection-open negotiation with a connected peer.  The frame size is the largest contiguous set of uninterrupted data that can be sent for a message delivery over the connection. Interleaving of messages on different links is done at frame granularity. Policy settings will not overwrite this value. Defaults to 16384.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>maxSessions</em> (integer, default=<em>32768</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The maximum number of sessions that can be simultaneously active on the connection. Setting this value to zero selects the default number of sessions. Policy settings will not overwrite this value. Defaults to 32768.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>maxSessionFrames</em> (integer)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Session incoming window measured in transfer frames for sessions created on this connection. This is the number of transfer frames that may simultaneously be in flight for all links in the session. Setting this value to zero selects the default session window size. Policy settings will not overwrite this value. The numerical product of maxFrameSize and maxSessionFrames may not exceed 2<sup>31-1. If (maxFrameSize x maxSessionFrames) exceeds 2</sup>31-1 then maxSessionFrames is reduced to (2^31-1 / maxFrameSize). maxSessionFrames has a minimum value of 1.  Defaults to 0 (unlimited window).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>idleTimeoutSeconds</em> (integer, default=<em>16</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The idle timeout, in seconds, for connections through this connector.  If no frames are received on the connection for this time interval, the connection shall be closed.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>stripAnnotations</em> (One of [<em>in</em>, <em>out</em>, <em>both</em>, <em>no</em>], default=<em>both</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  [<em>in</em>, <em>out</em>, <em>both</em>, <em>no</em>] in: Strip the dispatch router specific annotations only on ingress; out: Strip the dispatch router specific annotations only on egress; both: Strip the dispatch router specific annotations on both ingress and egress; no - do not strip dispatch router specific annotations
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>linkCapacity</em> (integer)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The capacity of links within this connection, in terms of message deliveries.  The capacity is the number of messages that can be in-flight concurrently for each link.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>verifyHostname</em> (boolean, default=<em>True</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  yes: Ensures that when initiating a connection (as a client) the host name in the URL to which this connector connects to matches the host name in the digital certificate that the peer sends back as part of the SSL connection; no: Does not perform host name verification
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>saslUsername</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The user name that the connector is using to connect to a peer.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>saslPassword</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The password that the connector is using to connect to a peer.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>messageLoggingComponents</em> (string, default=<em>none</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  A comma separated list that indicates which components of the message should be logged (no spaces allowed between list components). Defaults to <em>none</em> (log nothing). If you want all properties and application properties of the message logged use <em>all</em>. Specific components of the message can be logged by indicating the components via a comma separated list. The components are message-id, user-id, to, subject, reply-to, correlation-id, content-type, content-encoding, absolute-expiry-time, creation-time, group-id, group-sequence, reply-to-group-id, app-properties. The application-data part of the bare message will not be logged. This log message is written to the MESSAGE logging module. In the <em>log</em> entity, set <em>module</em> property to MESSAGE or DEFAULT and <em>enable</em> to trace+ to see this log message
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>verifyHostName</em> (boolean, default=<em>True</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) yes: Ensures that when initiating a connection (as a client) the host name in the URL to which this connector connects to matches the host name in the digital certificate that the peer sends back as part of the SSL connection; no: Does not perform host name verification This attribute has been deprecated. Use verifyHostname instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>logMessage</em> (string, default=<em>none</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) A comma separated list that indicates which components of the message should be logged (no spaces allowed between list components). Defaults to <em>none</em> (log nothing). If you want all properties and application properties of the message logged use <em>all</em>. Specific components of the message can be logged by indicating the components via a comma separated list. The components are message-id, user-id, to, subject, reply-to, correlation-id, content-type, content-encoding, absolute-expiry-time, creation-time, group-id, group-sequence, reply-to-group-id, app-properties. The application-data part of the bare message will not be logged. This log message is written to the MESSAGE logging module. In the <em>log</em> entity, set <em>module</em> property to MESSAGE or DEFAULT and <em>enable</em> to trace+ to see this log message This attribute has been deprecated. Use messageLoggingComponents instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_log">log</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Configure logging for a particular module. You can use the <code>UPDATE</code> operation to change log settings while the router is running.</p></div>
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>module</em> (One of [<em>ROUTER</em>, <em>ROUTER_CORE</em>, <em>ROUTER_HELLO</em>, <em>ROUTER_LS</em>, <em>ROUTER_MA</em>, <em>MESSAGE</em>, <em>SERVER</em>, <em>AGENT</em>, <em>CONTAINER</em>, <em>ERROR</em>, <em>POLICY</em>, <em>HTTP</em>, <em>CONN_MGR</em>, <em>PYTHON</em>, <em>DEFAULT</em>], required)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Module to configure. The special module <em>DEFAULT</em> specifies defaults for all modules.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>enable</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Levels are: trace, debug, info, notice, warning, error, critical. The enable string is a comma-separated list of levels. A level may have a trailing <em>+</em> to enable that level and above. For example <em>trace,debug,warning+</em> means enable trace, debug, warning, error and critical. The value <em>none</em> means disable logging for the module.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>includeTimestamp</em> (boolean)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Include timestamp in log messages.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>includeSource</em> (boolean)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Include source file and line number in log messages.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>outputFile</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Where to send log messages. Can be <em>stderr</em>, <em>stdout</em>, <em>syslog</em> or a file name.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>timestamp</em> (boolean)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) Include timestamp in log messages. This attribute has been deprecated. Use includeTimestamp instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>source</em> (boolean)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) Include source file and line number in log messages. This attribute has been deprecated. Use includeSource instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>output</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) Where to send log messages. Can be <em>stderr</em>, <em>stdout</em>, <em>syslog</em> or a file name. This attribute has been deprecated. Use outputFile instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_address">address</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Entity type for address configuration.  This is used to configure the treatment of message-routed deliveries within a particular address-space.  The configuration controls distribution and address phasing.</p></div>
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>prefix</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The address prefix for the configured settings. Cannot be used with a pattern attribute.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>pattern</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  A wildcarded pattern for address matching. Incoming addresses are matched against this pattern. Matching addresses use the configured settings. The pattern consists of one or more tokens separated by a forward slash <em>/</em>. A token can be one of the following: a * character, a # character, or a sequence of characters that do not include /, *, or #.  The * token matches any single token.  The # token matches zero or more tokens. * has higher precedence than #, and exact match has the highest precedence. Cannot be used with a prefix attribute.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>distribution</em> (One of [<em>multicast</em>, <em>closest</em>, <em>balanced</em>, <em>unavailable</em>], default=<em>balanced</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Treatment of traffic associated with the address
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>waypoint</em> (boolean)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Designates this address space as being used for waypoints.  This will cause the proper address-phasing to be used.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>ingressPhase</em> (integer)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Advanced - Override the ingress phase for this address
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>egressPhase</em> (integer)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Advanced - Override the egress phase for this address
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_linkroute">linkRoute</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Entity type for link-route configuration.  This is used to identify remote containers that shall be destinations for routed link-attaches.  The link-routing configuration applies to an addressing space defined by a prefix or a pattern.</p></div>
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>prefix</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The address prefix for the configured settings. Cannot be used with the pattern attribute.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>pattern</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  A wildcarded pattern for address matching. Link addresses are matched against this pattern. Matching addresses use the configured settings. The pattern consists of one or more tokens separated by a forward slash <em>/</em>. A token can be one of the following: a * character, a # character, or a sequence of characters that do not include /, *, or #.  The * token matches any single token.  The # token matches zero or more tokens. * has higher precedence than #, and exact match has the highest precedence. Cannot be used with the prefix attribute.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>addExternalPrefix</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  add the specified prefix to the address of the remote terminus on the route container link
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>delExternalPrefix</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  remove the specified prefix to the address of the remote terminus on the route container link
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>containerId</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  ContainerID for the target container. Only one of containerId or connection should be specified for a linkRoute. Specifying both will result in the linkRoute not being created.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>connection</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The name from a connector or listener. Only one of containerId or connection should be specified for a linkRoute. Specifying both will result in the linkRoute not being created.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>distribution</em> (One of [<em>linkBalanced</em>], default=<em>linkBalanced</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Treatment of traffic associated with the address
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>direction</em> (One of [<em>in</em>, <em>out</em>], required)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The permitted direction of links: <em>in</em> means client senders; <em>out</em> means client receivers
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>dir</em> (One of [<em>in</em>, <em>out</em>], required)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) The permitted direction of links: <em>in</em> means client senders; <em>out</em> means client receivers This attribute has been deprecated. Use direction instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_autolink">autoLink</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Entity type for configuring auto-links.  Auto-links are links whose lifecycle is managed by the router.  These are typically used to attach to waypoints on remote containers (brokers, etc.).</p></div>
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>addr</em> (string, required)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The address of the provisioned object
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>direction</em> (One of [<em>in</em>, <em>out</em>], required)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The direction of the link to be created.  In means into the router, out means out of the router.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>phase</em> (integer)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The address phase for this link.  Defaults to <em>0</em> for <em>out</em> links and <em>1</em> for <em>in</em> links.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>containerId</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  ContainerID for the target container. Only one of containerId or connection should be specified for an autoLink. Specifying both will result in the autoLink not being created
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>connection</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The name from a connector or listener. Only one of containerId or connection should be specified for an autoLink. Specifying both will result in the autoLink not being created
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>externalAddr</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  If present, an alternate address of the node on the remote container.  This is used if the node has a different address than the address used internally by the router to route deliveries.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>dir</em> (One of [<em>in</em>, <em>out</em>], required)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) The direction of the link to be created.  In means into the router, out means out of the router. This attribute has been deprecated. Use direction instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_exchange">exchange</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>[EXPERIMENTAL] Defines a topic exchange.</p></div>
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>address</em> (string, required)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The address of the exchange. Used by the message publisher as the target for sending messages.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>phase</em> (integer)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The address phase for the exchange.  Defaults to <em>0</em>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>alternateAddress</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The address to forward the message to if no bindings are matched.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>alternatePhase</em> (integer)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The address phase for the alternateAddress.  Defaults to <em>0</em>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>matchMethod</em> (One of [<em>amqp</em>, <em>mqtt</em>], default=<em>amqp</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Key matching algorithm used. <em>amqp</em> uses the legacy AMQP topic exchange wildcard match method as described in the pre-1.0 drafts. <em>mqtt</em> uses the MQTT topic filter wildcard match method.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_binding">binding</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>[EXPERIMENTAL] Defines a keyed next hop binding for a topic exchange. The subject field of the messages arriving at the exchange is compared against the binding&#8217;s key value using the exchange&#8217;s matchMethod.  If the subject matches the key the message is forwarded to the nextHopAddress. The nextHopAddress overrides the message&#8217;s original destination.</p></div>
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>exchangeName</em> (string, required)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The name of the exchange to bind.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>bindingKey</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Pattern to compare against incoming message&#8217;s subject.  The key is a string of zero or more tokens and wildcards. The format depends on the matchMethod configured for the exchange. For AMQP each token is delimited by the <em>.</em> character and wild-card tokens <em>*</em> matches a single token and <em></em> matches zero or more tokens. For MQTT each token is delimited by the <em>/</em> character and wildcard tokens <em>+</em> matches a single token and <em></em> matches zero or more tokens at the end of the topic. If a key is not provided the binding will match all messages arriving at the exchange (fanout behavior).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>nextHopAddress</em> (string, required)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The address to forward the message to when the message&#8217;s topic string matches the binding key pattern.  This address is used by message consumers as the source of incoming messages.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>nextHopPhase</em> (integer)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The address phase used when forwarding messages that match this binding.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_console">console</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>(DEPRECATED) Start a websocket/tcp proxy and http file server to serve the web console</p></div>
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>listener</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The name of the listener to send the proxied tcp traffic to.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>wsport</em> (integer, default=<em>5673</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  port on which to listen for websocket traffic
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>proxy</em> (string, required)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The full path to the proxy program to run.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>home</em> (string, required)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The full path to the html/css/js files for the console.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>args</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Optional args to pass the proxy program for logging, authentication, etc.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_policy">policy</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Defines global connection limit</p></div>
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>maxConnections</em> (integer, default=<em>65535</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The maximum number of concurrent client connections allowed for this router. This limit is always enforced, even if no other policy settings have been defined. The limit is applied to all incoming connections regardless of remote host, authenticated user, or targeted vhost.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>enableVhostPolicy</em> (boolean)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Enables the router to enforce the connection denials and resource limits defined in the configured vhost policies.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>enableVhostNamePatterns</em> (boolean)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Enable vhost name patterns. When false vhost hostnames are treated as literal strings. When true vhost hostnames are treated as match patterns.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>policyDir</em> (path)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The absolute path to a directory that holds vhost policy definition files in JSON format (*.json). The router processes all of the vhost policies in each JSON file that is in this directory.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>defaultVhost</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The name of the default vhost policy. This policy rule set is applied to a connection for which a vhost policy has not otherwise been configured. Processing for the default vhost is enabled by default and set to select vhost <em>$default</em>. To disable default vhost processing set defaultVhost to blank or do not define a vhost named <em>$default</em>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_vhost">vhost</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>AMQP virtual host policy definition of users, user groups, allowed remote hosts, and AMQP restrictions.</p></div>
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>hostname</em> (string, required)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The hostname of the vhost. This vhost policy will be applied to any client connection that is directed to this hostname.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>maxConnections</em> (integer, default=<em>65535</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The global maximum number of concurrent client connections allowed for this vhost.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>maxConnectionsPerUser</em> (integer, default=<em>65535</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The maximum number of concurrent client connections allowed for any user.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>maxConnectionsPerHost</em> (integer, default=<em>65535</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The maximum number of concurrent client connections allowed for any remote host (the host from which the client is connecting).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>allowUnknownUser</em> (boolean)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Whether unknown users (users who are not members of a defined user group) are allowed to connect to the vhost. Unknown users are assigned to the <em>$default</em> user group and receive <em>$default</em> settings.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>groups</em> (map)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  A map where each key is a vhost name and each value is a map of the settings for users of that vhost.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>id</em> (string, required)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  (DEPRECATED) The hostname of the vhost. This vhost policy will be applied to any client connection that is directed to this hostname. This attribute has been deprecated. Use hostname instead.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_vhostusergroupsettings">vhostUserGroupSettings</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Policy settings for users connecting to a vhost. Configuration files including this section must use .json format.</p></div>
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>maxFrameSize</em> (integer, default=<em>16384</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The largest frame, in bytes, that may be sent on this connection. Non-zero policy values overwrite values specified for a listener object (AMQP Open, max-frame-size).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>maxSessionWindow</em> (integer, default=<em>1638400</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The incoming capacity for new AMQP sessions, measured in octets. Non-zero policy values overwrite values specified for a listener object (AMQP Begin, incoming-window).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>maxSessions</em> (integer, default=<em>32768</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The maximum number of sessions that may be created on this connection. Non-zero policy values overwrite values specified for a listener object (AMQP Open, channel-max).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>maxSenders</em> (integer, default=<em>2147483647</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The maximum number of sending links that may be created on this connection. A value of <em>0</em> disables all sender links.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>maxReceivers</em> (integer, default=<em>2147483647</em>)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  The maximum number of receiving links that may be created on this connection. A value of <em>0</em> disables all receiver links.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>allowDynamicSource</em> (boolean)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Whether this connection is allowed to create dynamic receiving links (links to resources that do not exist on the peer). A value of <em>true</em> means that users are able to automatically create resources on the peer system.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>allowAnonymousSender</em> (boolean)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Whether this connection is allowed to create sending links if the sender does not provide a target address. By prohibiting anonymous senders, the router only needs to verify once, when the link is created, that the sender is permitted to send messages to the target address. The router does not need to verify each message that is sent on the link. A value of <em>true</em> means that users may send messages to any address. Allowing anonymous senders can also decrease performance: if the sender does not specify a target address, then the router must parse each message to determine how to route it.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>allowUserIdProxy</em> (boolean)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Whether this connection is allowed to send messages with a user ID that is different than the connection&#8217;s authenticated user name.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>sources</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>targets</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>sourcePattern</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+<em>targetPattern</em> (string)
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_see_also">SEE ALSO</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>qdrouterd(8)</strong>, <strong>qdmanage(8)</strong></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="http://qpid.apache.org/components/dispatch-router">http://qpid.apache.org/components/dispatch-router</a></p></div>
+</div>
+</div>

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/man/qdrouterd.html.in
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/man/qdrouterd.html.in b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/man/qdrouterd.html.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..366c7e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/man/qdrouterd.html.in
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_synopsis">SYNOPSIS</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>qdrouterd</strong> [<em>OPTIONS</em>]</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_description">DESCRIPTION</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The Qpid Dispatch router (<em>qdrouterd</em>) is a network daemon that directs
+AMQP 1.0 messages between endpoints, such as messaging clients and
+servers.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_options">OPTIONS</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>-c, --config=PATH (/usr/local/etc/qpid-dispatch/qdrouterd.conf)
+:   Load configuration from file at PATH</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>-I, --include=PATH (/usr/local/lib/qpid-dispatch/python)
+:   Location of Dispatch&#8217;s Python library</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>-d, --daemon
+:   Run process as a SysV-style daemon</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>-P, --pidfile
+:   If daemon, the file for the stored daemon pid</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>-U, --user
+:   If daemon, the username to run as</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>-v, --version
+:   Print the version of Qpid Dispatch Router</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>-h, --help
+:   Print this help</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_files">FILES</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+/usr/local/etc/qdrouterd.conf
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+  Configuration file.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_see_also">SEE ALSO</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>qdrouterd.conf(5)</em>, <em>qdstat(8)</em>, <em>qdmanage(8)</em></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="http://qpid.apache.org/components/dispatch-router">http://qpid.apache.org/components/dispatch-router</a></p></div>
+</div>
+</div>

http://git-wip-us.apache.org/repos/asf/qpid-site/blob/f17c8263/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/man/qdstat.html.in
----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/man/qdstat.html.in b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/man/qdstat.html.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e165e2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/input/releases/qpid-dispatch-1.3.0/man/qdstat.html.in
@@ -0,0 +1,796 @@
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_synopsis">SYNOPSIS</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>qdstat</strong> [<em>OPTIONS</em>]</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_description">DESCRIPTION</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>An AMQP monitoring tool that shows status information about networks of Dispatch routers. It can display connections, network nodes and links, and router stats such as memory use.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_options">OPTIONS</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>-h, --help
+:   show this help message and exit</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--version
+:   Print version and exit.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>-g, --general
+:   Show General Router Stats</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>-c, --connections
+:   Show Connections</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>-l, --links
+:   Show Router Links</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>-n, --nodes
+:   Show Router Nodes</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>-a, --address
+:   Show Router Addresses</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>-m, --memory
+:   Show Router Memory Stats</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--autolinks
+:   Show Auto Links</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--linkroutes
+:   Show Link Routes</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>-v, --verbose
+:   Show maximum detail</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--log
+:   Show recent log entries</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--limit=LIMIT
+:   Limit number of output rows</p></div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_connection_options">Connection Options</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>-b URL, --bus=URL
+:   URL of the messaging bus to connect to (default</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>-r ROUTER-ID, --router=ROUTER-ID
+:   Router to be queried</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>-t SECS, --timeout=SECS
+:   Maximum time to wait for connection in seconds (default 5)</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--ssl-certificate=CERT
+:   Client SSL certificate (PEM Format)</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--ssl-key=KEY
+:   Client SSL private key (PEM Format)</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--ssl-trustfile=TRUSTED-CA-DB
+:   Trusted Certificate Authority Database file (PEM Format)</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--ssl-password=PASSWORD
+:   Certificate password, will be prompted if not specifed.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--ssl-password-file=SSL-PASSWORD-FILE
+:   Certificate password, will be prompted if not specifed.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--sasl-mechanisms=SASL-MECHANISMS
+:   Allowed sasl mechanisms to be supplied during the sasl handshake.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--sasl-username=SASL-USERNAME
+:   User name for SASL plain authentication</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--sasl-password=SASL-PASSWORD
+:   Password for SASL plain authentication</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--sasl-password-file=SASL-PASSWORD-FILE
+:   Password for SASL plain authentication</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>--ssl-disable-peer-name-verify
+:   Disables SSL peer name verification. WARNING - This option is insecure and must not be used in production environments</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_output_columns">OUTPUT COLUMNS</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_qdstat_c">qdstat -c</h3>
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+id
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The connection&#8217;s unique identifier.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+host
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The hostname or internet address of the remotely-connected AMQP container.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+container
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The container name of the remotely-connected AMQP container.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+role
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The connection&#8217;s role:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>normal</em> - The normal connection from a client to a router.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>inter-router</em> - The connection between routers to form a network.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>route-container</em> - The connection to or from a broker or other host to receive link routes and waypoints.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+dir
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The direction in which the connection was established:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>in</em> - The connection was initiated by the remote container.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>out</em> - The connection was initiated by this router.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+security
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The security or encryption method, if any, used for this connection.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+authentication
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The authentication method and user ID of the connection&#8217;s authenticated user.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_qdstat_l">qdstat -l</h3>
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+type
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The type of link:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>router-control</em> - An inter-router link that is reserved for control messages exchanged between routers.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>inter-router</em> - An inter-router link that is used for normal message-routed deliveries.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>endpoint</em> - A normal link to an external endpoint container.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+dir
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The direction that messages flow on the link:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>in</em> - Deliveries flow inbound to the router.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>out</em> - Deliveries flow outbound from the router.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+conn id
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The unique identifier of the connection over which this link is
+attached.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+id
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The unique identifier of this link.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+peer
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+For link-routed links, the unique identifier of the peer link. In
+link routing, an inbound link is paired with an outbound link.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+class
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The class of the address bound to the link:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>local</em> - The address that is local to this router (temporary).
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>topo</em> - A topological address used for router control messages.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>router</em> - A summary router address used to route messages to a remote router’s local addresses.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>mobile</em> - A mobile address for an attached consumer or producer.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>link-in</em> - The address match for incoming routed links.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>link-out</em> - The address match for outgoing routed links.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+addr
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The address bound to the link.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+phs
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The phase of the address bound to the link.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+cap
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The capacity, in deliveries, of the link.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+undel
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The number of undelivered messages stored on the link&#8217;s FIFO.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+unsett
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The number of unsettled deliveries being tracked by the link.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+del
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The total number of deliveries that have transited this link.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+presett
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The number of pre-settled deliveries that transited this link.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+psdrop
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The number of pre-settled deliveries that were dropped due to congestion.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+acc
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The number of deliveries on this link that were accepted.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+rej
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The number of deliveries on this link that were rejected.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+rel
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The number of deliveries on this link that were released.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+mod
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The number of deliveries on this link that were modified.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+admin
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The administrative status of the link:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>enabled</em> - The link is enabled for normal operation.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>disabled</em> - The link is disabled and should be quiescing or stopped (not yet supported).
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+oper
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The operational status of the link:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>up</em> - The link is operational.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>down</em> - The link is not attached.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>quiescing</em> - The link is in the process of quiescing (not yet supported).
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>idle</em> - The link has completed quiescing and is idle (not yet supported).
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+name
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The link name (only shown if the -v option is provided).
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_qdstat_n">qdstat -n</h4>
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+router-id
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The router&#8217;s ID.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+next-hop
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+If this router is not a neighbor, this field identifies the next-hop neighbor used to reach this router.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+link
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The ID of the link to the neighbor router.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+cost
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The topology cost to this remote router (with -v option only).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+neighbors
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The list of neighbor routers (the router&#8217;s link-state). This field is available only if you specify the -v option.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+valid-origins
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The list of origin routers for which the best path to the listed router passes through this router (available only with the -v option).
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_qdstat_a">qdstat -a</h3>
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+class
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The class of the address:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>local</em> - The address that is local to this router.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>topo</em> - The topological address used for router control messages.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>router</em> - A summary router address used to route messages to a remote router&#8217;s local addresses.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>mobile</em> - A mobile address for an attached consumer or producer.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+addr
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The address text.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+phs
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+For mobile addresses only, the phase of the address. Direct addresses have only a phase 0. Waypoint addresses have multiple phases, normally 0 and 1.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+distrib
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+One of the following distribution methods used for this address:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>multicast</em> - A copy of each message is delivered once to each consumer for the address.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>closest</em> - Each message is delivered to only one consumer for the address. The closest (lowest cost) consumer will be chosen. If there are multiple lowest-cost consumers, deliveries will be spread across those consumers.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>balanced</em> - Each message is delivered to only one consumer for the address. The consumer with the fewest outstanding (unsettled) deliveries will be chosen. The cost of the route to the consumer is a threshold for delivery (that is, higher cost consumers will only receive deliveries if closer consumers are backed up).
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>flood</em> - Used only for router-control traffic. This is multicast without the prevention of duplicate deliveries.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+in-proc
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The number of in-process consumers for this address.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+local
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+For this router, the number of local consumers for this address.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+remote
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The number of remote routers that have at least one consumer for this address.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+cntnr
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The number of locally-attached containers that are destinations for link routes on this address.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+in
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The number of deliveries for this address that entered the network on this router.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+out
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The number of deliveries for this address that exited the network on this router.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+thru
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The number of deliveries for this address that were forwarded to other routers.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+to-proc
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The number of deliveries for this address that were delivered to an in-process consumer.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+from-proc
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The number of deliveries for this address that were received from an in-process producer.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_qdstat_linkroutes">qdstat --linkroutes</h3>
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+prefix
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The address prefix of the link route.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+dir
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The direction of matching links (from this router&#8217;s perspective).
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+distrib
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The distribution method used for routed links. This value should always be <em>linkBalanced</em>, which is the only supported distribution for routed links.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+status
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The operational status of the link route:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>active</em> - The route is actively routing attaches (it is ready for use).
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>inactive</em> - The route is inactive, because no local destination is connected.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_qstat_autolinks">qstat --autolinks</h3>
+<div class="dlist"><dl>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+addr
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The auto link&#8217;s address.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+dir
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The direction that messages flow over the auto link:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>in</em> - Messages flow in from the route-container to the router network.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>out</em> - Messages flow out to the route-container from the router network.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+phs
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The address phase for this auto link.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+link
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The ID of the link managed by this auto link.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+status
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The operational status of this auto link:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>inactive</em> - There is no connected container for this auto link.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>attaching</em> - The link is attaching to the container.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>failed</em> - The link-attach failed.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>active</em> - The link is operational.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>quiescing</em> - The link is quiescing (not yet supported).
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>idle</em> - The link is idle (not yet supported).
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</dd>
+<dt class="hdlist1">
+lastErr
+</dt>
+<dd>
+<p>
+The description of the last attach failure that occurred on this auto link.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_see_also">SEE ALSO</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>qdrouterd(8)</em>, <em>qdmanage(8)</em>, <em>qdrouterd.conf(5)</em></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="http://qpid.apache.org/components/dispatch-router">http://qpid.apache.org/components/dispatch-router</a></p></div>
+</div>
+</div>


---------------------------------------------------------------------
To unsubscribe, e-mail: commits-unsubscribe@qpid.apache.org
For additional commands, e-mail: commits-help@qpid.apache.org